Systems Hardware information
Power Systems information
POWER7 systems
8202-E4B (IBM Power 720 Express)
PDF files for the IBM Power 720 Express (8202-E4B)
System overview
License Agreement for Machine Code
Statement of Limited Warranty
Hardware notices
Environmental Notices
Safety notices for Power Systems
Safety Notices
Safety Inspection Guide
Software notices
Planning for the system
What's new in Site and hardware planning
PDF files for Site and hardware planinng
Site preparation and physical planning PDF
Site and hardware planning PDF
Site preparation and physical planning
Site selection
Access
Static electricity and floor resistance
Space requirements
Floor construction and floor loading
Raised floors
Conductive contamination
Overhead cabling
Computer room layout
Vibration and shock
Lighting
Acoustics
Electromagnetic compatibility
Computer room location
Material and data storage protection
Emergency planning for continuous operations
General power information
Power quality
Voltage and frequency limits
Power load
Power source
Dual-power installation configurations
Dual-power installation: Redundant distribution panel and switch
Dual-power installation: Redundant distribution panel
Single distribution panel: Dual circuit breakers
Air conditioning determination
General guidelines for data centers
Environmental design criteria
Temperature and humidity recording instruments
Relocation and temporary storage
Acclimation
System air distribution
Planning for the installation of rear door heat exchangers
Heat exchanger specifications
Heat exchanger performance
Water specifications for the secondary cooling loop
Water delivery specifications for secondary loops
Layout and mechanical installation
Heat exchanger installation overview
Heat exchanger filling and draining overview
Planning for heat exchangers in a raised floor environment
Planning for heat exchangers in a non-raised floor environment
Secondary cooling loop parts and services information
Miscellaneous parts supplier
Services supplier
Cooling distribution unit suppliers
Installation and support from IBM Integrated Technology Services offerings
Planning for communications
Site and hardware planning
Hardware specification sheets
Server specifications
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, and 8205-E6C server specifications
8205-E6B ENERGY STAR® Power and Performance Data Sheet
Plan view for model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, and 8205-E6C
Expansion unit and migration tower specifications
5786 expansion unit
5796 expansion unit
5802 expansion unit
5877 expansion unit
5886 expansion unit
5887 expansion unit
5888 expansion unit
Rack specifications
0550 model 9406-830 rack
0551 rack
0551, 0553, 0555, and 7014 rack configurations
0551 model 9406-270 rack system units
Model 0554 and 7014-S11 rack
Model 0555 and 7014-S25 rack
Planning for the 7014-T00 and 7014-T42 racks
Model 7014-T00 rack
Model 7014-T42, 7014-B42, and 0553 rack
7014-T00, 7014-T42, and 0553 service clearances and caster location
7014-T00, 7014-T00, and 0553 racks multiple attachment
7014-T00, 7014-T42, and 0553 rack weight distribution and floor loading
Planning for the 7953-94X rack
Model 7953-94X rack
Cabling the 7953-94X rack
Side stabilizing outriggers
Multiple racks
Hardware management console specifications
7042-C08 Hardware Management Console specifications
7042-C07 desktop Hardware Management Console specifications
Systems Director Management Console specifications
7042-CR6 rack-mounted Systems Director Management Console specifications
7042-CR7 rack-mounted Systems Director Management Console specifications
Rack installation procedures for racks not purchased from IBM
Planning for power
Determining your power requirements
Server Information Form 3A
Workstation Information Form 3B
Plugs and receptacles
Connecting your server to a country specific receptacle
Supported feature cords
Internationally available
Cord feature code 6489
Cord feature code 6491
Cord feature code 6653
Cord feature code 6656
Anguilla
Cord feature code 6460
Antigua and Barbuda
Cord feature code 6469
Australia
Cord feature code 6657
Brazil
Cord feature code 6471
Bulgaria
Cord feature code 6472
Canada
Cord feature code 6497
Cord feature code 6654
Cord feature code 6655
Chile
Cord feature code 6478
Cord feature code 6672
China
Cord feature code 6492
Cord feature code 6493
Denmark
Cord feature code 6473
Dominica
Cord feature code 6474
Italy
Cord feature code 6672
Israel
Cord feature code 6475
Japan
Cord feature code 6487
Cord feature code 6660
Liechtenstein
Cord feature code 6476
Macao
Cord feature code 6477
Paraguay
Cord feature code 6488
India
Cord feature code 6494
Kiribati
Cord feature code 6680
Korea
Cord feature code 6496
Cord feature code 6658
New Zealand
Cord feature code 6657
Taiwan
Cord feature code 6651
Cord feature code 6659
United States, Territories, and Possessions
Cord feature code 6497
Cord feature code 6654
Cord feature code RPQ 8A1871
Connecting your server to a PDU
Cord feature code 6458
Cord feature code 6459
Cord feature code 6577
Cord feature code 6665
Cord feature code 6671
Cord feature code 6672
Modification of IBM-provided power cords
Uninterruptible power supply
Power distribution unit and power cord options for 7014, 0551, 0553, and 0555 rack
Power load calculating for 7188 or 9188 power distribution units
Planning for cables
Cable management
Power cord routing and retention
Serial-attached SCSI cable planning
SAS cabling for the 5887 drawer
System calculators
Installing and configuring the system
Installing the IBM Power 720 and the Power 740
PDF files for Installing the IBM Power 8202-E4B and 8205-E6B
Installing the IBM Power 720 Express (8202-E4B) and the IBM Power 740 Express (8205-E6B) PDF
Installing the IBM Power 720 Express (8202-E4B) and the IBM Power 740 Express (8205-E6B)
Installing the server into a rack
Determining the location
Marking the location
Attaching the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B mounting hardware to the rack
Installing the cable-management arm
Connecting the power cables to the system
Cabling the server and setting up the console
Cabling the server to the SDMC
Cabling the server with an ASCII terminal
Cabling the server to the Hardware Management Console
Cabling the server and accessing Operations Console
Cabling the server and accessing the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Supporting information for setting up consoles
Accessing the ASMI using a Web browser
Setting the IP address on your PC or notebook
Correcting an IP address
Completing server setup
Completing server setup if you have an SDMC
Completing server setup if you have an HMC
Completing server setup if you do not have an HMC
Common system attention LEDs and system reference codes
Cabling your server
What's new in Cabling your server
PDF files for Cabling your server
Cabling your server PDF
Cabling the 8202-E4B or 8202-E4C
Cabling the 8205-E6B or 8205-E6C
Cabling the 8231-E2B, 8231-E1C, or 8231-E2C
Cabling the 8233-E8B
Cabling the 8236-E8C
Disk drive backplane
PDF file for Disk drive backplane
Disk drive backplane PDF
Removing and replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing the disk drive backplane
Replacing the disk drive backplane
Disk drives or solid-state drives for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
PDF file for Disk drives
Disk drives PDF
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Solid-state drives
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in an 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the Linux system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the IBM i system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Removing the disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the Linux system or logical partition power turned on
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C or an expansion unit controlled by IBM i
Removing a disk drive by using hot-spare in an IBM i system or logical partition from 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power to the Linux system or logical partition turned on
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the IBM i system or logical partition power turned on
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C using hot-spare in an IBM i system or logical partition
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Removing or installing the external SAS port
Removing the external SAS port from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Installing the external SAS port in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Replacing the external SAS port in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Internal disk drive sharing on an 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Removing or installing a disk drive filler
Removing a disk drive filler from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a disk drive filler in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing or installing a disk-drive bezel
Removing a disk-drive bezel from a drive or filler for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a disk-drive bezel in a drive or filler for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Disk drive locations and service indicators
PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter locations
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Disk-drive locations and service indicators for the 5802 expansion unit
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 SCSI disk-drive enclosures
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 5886 disk drive enclosure
Disk-drive locations and service indicators for the 5887 disk drive enclosure
Solid-state drive locations and service indicators for the 5888 PCIe storage enclosure
Related tasks for disk drives or solid-state drives
Preparing a disk drive or solid-state drive for use in an AIX system or logical partition
Preparing to remove a disk drive or solid-state drive from a system or an expansion unit controlled by AIX
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive by using AIX
Preparing to remove a disk drive in a Linux system
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive or solid-state drive in a system or logical partition running Linux
Preparing to remove a disk drive or solid-state drive from a system or logical partition controlled by IBM i
Determining the IBM i disk drive or solid-state drive protection status
Configuring a disk drive or solid-state drive in an IBM i system or logical partition
Configuring a disk drive or solid-state drive on a load source adapter for hot spare by using the IBM i operating system
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive or solid-state drive by using IBM i
Replacing a SAS conduit card in a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Removing a SAS conduit card from a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Replacing a SAS expander card in a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Removing a SAS expander card from a 5802 expansion unit with power turned off
Enclosures and expansion units
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 disk drive enclosures
PDF files for the 5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
Installing the model 5786 or 7031-D24 into a rack
Completing a parts inventory
Determining the location
Marking the location
Attaching the mounting hardware to the rack
Installing the 5786 or 7031-D24 on the rail assembly
Attaching the cable-management arm to the standard rails
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, or 7031-T24 SCSI disk drive enclosure
Connecting the 5786, 5787, 7031-D24, or 7031-T24 to a system running AIX
Connecting and configuring the 5786, 5787, 7031-D24, or 7031-T24 SCSI disk drive enclosure in an AIX clustered environment
Connecting and configuring the disk drive enclosure in a system running Linux
Connecting and configuring the enclosure in a system running IBM i
SCSI repeater card
Removing and replacing a SCSI repeater card
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 removal and replacement procedures
Disk drive
Replacing the disk drive by using IBM i
Deactivating a disk drive by using AIX
Adding a disk drive as a resource by using AIX
Deactivating a disk drive by using Linux
Adding a disk drive as a resource by using Linux
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive using Linux
Fan
Power supply
SCSI repeater card
Chassis assembly (chassis, enclosure backplane, and VPD card)
Problem determination procedures
Disk drive module power-on self-tests
SCSI card power-on self-tests
Component and attention LEDs
7031-D24 or 7031-T24 maintenance analysis procedures
MAP 2010: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 START
MAP 2020: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 Power
MAP 2022: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 Power-on
MAP 2030: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 power control
MAP 2340: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 SCSI bus
MAP 2410: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 repair verification
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 expansion units
PDF files for the 5796 and 7314-G30
Overview for I/O expansion units
Preparing to connect your expansion units
Where to install a new expansion unit
Identifying 12X and SPCN cables
Expansion unit configuration rules
Installing the 5796 and 7314-G30 expansion units
Connecting your expansion units
Connecting expansion units with 12X cables
Adding expansion units to a new 12X loop
Adding expansion units to an existing 12X loop
Examples: 12X connections
Connecting expansion units with SPCN cables
Examples: SPCN connections
Verifying that the new configuration is functioning
Verifying the 12X loops with an HMC or SDMC
Verifying the 12X loops without an HMC or SDMC
Verifying the system power control network
Setting I/O enclosure configuration ID and MTMS value
Using the ASMI to verify and set the configuration ID and MTMS value
Updating the SPCN firmware
Connector locations
Server connectors
Model 8202-E4B connector locations
Model 8202-E4C connector locations
Model 8205-E6B connector locations
Model 8205-E6C connector locations
Model 8233-E8B connector locations
Model 9117-MMB or 9179-MHB connector locations
Model 9117-MMC or 9179-MHC connector locations
Enclosure connectors
Model 5796 or 7314-G30 connector locations
Removing your expansion units
Removing an expansion unit concurrently
Removing an expansion unit nonconcurrently
Removing an enclosure from the rack
Removal and replacement procedures
Removal and replacement procedures
GX Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach adapter
PCI adapter
Remove and replace a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in the system with the power on in AIX
Remove and replace a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in the system with the power on in Linux
Prerequisites for hot-plugging PCI adapters in Linux
Verify that the Linux, hot-plug PCI tools are installed
Remove and replace a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in the system with the power on in i5/OS
PCI shuttle assembly
Power supply
SPCN card
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
5802 and 5877 expansion units
PDF files for the 5802 and 5877
Overview for I/O expansion units
Preparing to connect your expansion units
Where to install a new expansion unit
Identifying 12X and SPCN cables
Expansion unit configuration rules
Installing the 5802 and 5877 expansion units
Connecting your expansion units
Connecting expansion units with 12X cables
Adding expansion units to a new 12X loop
Adding expansion units to an existing 12X loop
Examples: 12X connections
Connecting expansion units with SPCN cables
Examples: SPCN connections
Verifying that the new configuration is functioning
Verifying the 12X loops with an HMC or SDMC
Verifying the 12X loops without an HMC or SDMC
Verifying the system power control network
Setting I/O enclosure configuration ID and MTMS value
Using the ASMI to verify and set the configuration ID and MTMS value
Updating the SPCN firmware
Connector locations
Server connectors
Model 8202-E4B connector locations
Model 8202-E4C connector locations
Model 8205-E6B connector locations
Model 8205-E6C connector locations
Model 8231-E1C or 8231-E2C connector locations
Model 8233-E8B connector locations
Model 9117-MMB or 9179-MHB connector locations
Model 9117-MMC or 9179-MHC connector locations
Enclosure connectors
Model 5802 and 5877 connector locations
Removing your expansion units
Removing an expansion unit concurrently
Removing an expansion unit nonconcurrently
Removing an enclosure from the rack
Removal and replacement procedures
What's new in 5802 and 5877 removal and replacement procedures
Management console-based procedures
Non-management console-based procedures
Backplane (CRU)
Disk drive (CRU)
Enclosure management controller (CRU)
I/O planar (CRU)
Servicing the Midplane (FRU)
Removing the Midplane
Replacing the Midplane
PCI adapters
Preparing to install, remove, or replace a PCI adapter cassette
Installing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette
Installing with the power off
Installing the PCI adapter cassette
Installing with the power on in AIX
Instaling with the power on in IBM i
Installing with the power on in Linux
Replacing or replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the expansion unit
Removing with the system power off
Removing a PCI adapter cassette
Removing with the power on in AIX
Removing with the power on in IBM i
Removing with the power on in Linux
Replacing with the system power off
Replacing with the power on in AIX
Replacing with the power on in IBM i
Replacing with the power on in Linux
PCI adapter single-width and double-width cassettes
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter single-width cassette
Placing a PCI adapter in a single-width cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Placing an adapter in the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Related procedures for installing and removing PCI adapters
Before you begin
Avoiding electric shock
Handling static-sensitive devices
PCI hot-plug manager access for AIX
Accessing hot-plug management functions
PCI hot-plug manager menu
Prerequisites for hot-plugging PCI adapters in Linux
Verifying that the hot-plug PCI tools are installed for Linux
Component LEDs
Power supply and fan (CRU)
SAS conduit card (FRU)
Removing a SAS conduit card from a 5802 expansion unit with power off
Replacing a SAS conduit card in a 5802 expansion unit with power off
SAS expander card (CRU)
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
5886 disk drive enclosure
PDF files for the 5886
Overview for I/O expansion units
Installing the 5886 disk drive enclosure
Connector locations
Server connectors
Model 8202-E4B connector locations
Model 8202-E4C connector locations
Model 8205-E6B connector locations
Model 8205-E6C connector locations
Model 8231-E1C or 8231-E2C connector locations
Model 8231-E2B connector locations
Model 8233-E8B connector locations
Model 9117-MMB or 9179-MHB connector locations
Model 9117-MMC or 9179-MHC connector locations
Enclosure connectors
Model 5886 connector locations
Removing your disk drive enclosures
Removing an enclosure from the rack
Removal and replacement procedures
What's new in 5886 removal and replacement procedures
Disk unit
Enclosure services manager
Midplane
Power supply
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
5887 disk drive enclosure
PDF files for the 5887
Overview for I/O expansion units
Installing the 5887 disk drive enclosure
Connecting your disk drive enclosures
Connector locations
Server connectors
Model 8202-E4B connector locations
Model 8202-E4C connector locations
Model 8205-E6B connector locations
Model 8205-E6C connector locations
Model 8231-E1C or 8231-E2C connector locations
Model 8231-E2B connector locations
Model 8233-E8B connector locations
Model 9117-MMB or 9179-MHB connector locations
Model 9117-MMC or 9179-MHC connector locations
Enclosure connectors
Model 5887 connector locations
Removing your disk drive enclosures
Removing an enclosure from the rack
Removal and replacement procedures
Removing and installing a disk drive
Removing and installing an enclosure services manager
Removing and installing a midplane
Removing and installing a power supply
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
Fans and fan cages
What's new in Fans and fan cages
PDF file for Fans and fan cages
Fans and fan cages PDF
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C front fans
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C front fans
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C fan cages
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C fan cages
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C middle fans
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C middle fans
GX adapters
PDF file for GX adapters
GX adapters PDF
Installing GX adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing GX adapters from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing GX adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Host Ethernet Adapters
PDF file for Host Ethernet Adapters
Host Ethernet Adapters PDF
Removing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B Host Ethernet Adapter with the power off
Replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B Host Ethernet Adapter with the power off
Cable information for Host Ethernet Adapter
Dual-port 10 Gb HEA daughter card (copper) (FC 1826)
Managing devices
PDF file for Managing devices
Managing devices PDF
Managing tape drives
Tape drives
Tape drive media
Preparing the tape drive for installation
800/1600 GB Ultrium 4 SAS tape drive (FC 5746)
Eject button functions on the tape drive (FC 5746)
Status lights (FC 5746)
Tape cartridges (FC 5746)
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5746)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5746)
Maintenance mode (FC 5746)
Resetting the tape drive
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5746)
1.5/3.0 TB Ultrium 5 SAS tape drive (FC 5638)
Eject button functions on the tape drive (FC 5638)
Status lights (FC 5638)
Tape cartridges (FC 5638)
Setting the write-protect switch
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5638)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Maintenance mode (FC 5638)
Resetting the tape drive
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5638)
200/400 GB Half High Ultrium 2 tape drive (FC 5755)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5755)
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5755)
Status lights (FC 5755)
Tape cartridges (FC 5755)
Resetting the tape drive (FC 5755)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5755)
160/320 GB internal tape drive VXA-320 (FC 6279)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6120 and 6279)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6279)
Status lights (FC 6279)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 6120 or 6279)
Tape cartridges (FC 6279)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB internal tape drive VXA-2 (FC 6120)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6120 and 6279)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6120)
Status lights (FC 6120)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 6120 or 6279)
Tape cartridges (FC 6120)
Resetting the tape drive
60/150 GB 16-bit 8-mm internal tape drive (FC 6134)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6134)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6134)
Status lights (FC 6134)
Tape cartridges (FC 6134)
Resetting the tape drive
36/72 GB Data72 4 mm internal tape drive (FC 6258 or 5907)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6258 or 5907)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6258 or 5907)
Status lights (FC 6258 or 5907)
Tape cartridges (FC 6258 or 5907)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive (FC 5619)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5619)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5619)
Status lights (FC 5619)
Tape cartridges (FC 5619)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive (FC 1124)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 1124)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 1124)
Status lights (FC 1124)
Tape cartridges (FC 1124)
Resetting the tape drive
160/320 GB DAT320 SAS Tape Drive (FC 5661)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5661)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5661)
Status lights (FC 5661)
Tape cartridges (FC 5661)
Resetting the tape drive
160/320 GB DAT320 USB Tape Drive (FC 5673)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5673)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch
Status lights (FC 5673)
Tape cartridges (FC 5673)
Resetting the tape drive
Managing DVD drives
IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (FC 5756)
IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive (FC 5757)
SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (FC 5743)
SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive (FC 5762)
Handling and storing the DVD media
Opening a DVD tray manually
DVD-RAM type II disc
Managing diskette drives
External USB 1.44 MB diskette drive (FC 2591)
Managing disk devices
Managing removable disk drives
USB Removable Disk Drive (FC 1103, 1104, 1106, 1107, 1123)
Managing communications devices
LAN-Attached Remote Asynchronous Node 16 (model 7036-P16)
7036-P16 description and overview
Installing 7036-P16 hardware
Installing Digi RealPort software for the 7036-P16 device
Configuring the 7036-P16 device and tty
Configuring the 7036-P16 into the network
Using diagnostic aids for the 7036-P16
Replacing and reconfiguring the 7036-P16
Field replacement units for the 7036-P16
Media devices
PDF file for Media devices
Media devices for PDF
Removing and installing media devices in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a SAS media device from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a SAS media device in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a Slimline media device from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a Slimline media device in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on by using AIX diagnostics
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on by using AIX diagnostics
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on in IBM i
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on in IBM i
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the Virtual I/O Server or logical partition power on
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the Virtual I/O Server or logical partition power on
Removing a universal serial bus device
Installing a universal serial bus device
Installing an external USB docking station and removable disk drive with power on
Memory
PDF file for memory in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Memory PDF
Installing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Memory riser placement and memory module balancing
Removing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
PCI adapters
Installing, removing, and replacing PCI adapters
PDF file for PCI adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Installing PCI adapters PDF
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C PCI adapter
Installing a PCI adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing a PCI adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapters
Installing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing and replacing the tailstock on a PCI adapter
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C expansion riser
Installing an expansion riser in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing an expansion riser from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing an expansion riser in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Model 5796 expansion units, PCI adapters and cassettes for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the system with the power off
Replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in the system with the power off
PCI adapter single-width cassette
Placing a PCI adapter in a single-width cassette
Placing a 4-Port USB PCI Express Adapter in a single-width cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter single-width cassette
PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Placing an adapter in the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Model 5802 and 5877 expansion units, PCI adapters, and cassettes
Preparing to install, remove, or replace a PCI adapter cassette
Installing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette
Installing a PCI adapter cassette
Installing with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the expansion unit
Removing with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter cassette
Replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the expansion unit with the power off
PCI adapter single-width and double-width cassettes
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter single-width cassette
Placing a PCI adapter in a single-width cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Placing an adapter in the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Related procedures for installing and removing PCI adapters for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Before you begin
Identifying a failing part for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Control panel LEDs
Identifying a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in an IBM i system or logical partition
Activating the failing-part indicator light
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Finding the location code of a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Locating a failing part in a Virtual I/O Server system or logical partition
Identifying a part by using the Virtual I/O Server
Safety notices
Handling static-sensitive devices
Shutting down logical partitions
Updating the worldwide port name for a new 2766, 2787, 280E, 5735, 576B, or 5774 IOA.
PCI-X double-wide, quad-channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Controller (FC 5739, 5778, 5781, 5782; CCIN 571F, 575B)
PCI-X DDR 1.5 GB cache SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5904 and 5908; CCIN 572F and 575C)
Managing PCI adapters
What's new in Managing PCI adapters
PDF file for Managing PCI adapters
Managing PCI adapters PDF
Overview of managing PCI adapters
Backplane daughter cards and RAID enablement cards
PCI Express
Handling static sensitive devices
Partitioning considerations with dual slot and multi path adapters
PCI adapter information by feature type
PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter 3 Gb (FC 2053/2054/2055)
4-Port USB PCIe Adapter (FC 2728; CCIN 57D1)
2-port USB PCI Adapter (FC 2738; CCIN 28EF)
POWER GXT135P graphics PCI Adapter (FC 2849)
PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem (FC 2893, 2894; CCIN 576C)
ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (FC 2947)
PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor (FC 4807 and FC 4809)
PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter (FC 5283)
PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter (FC 5286)
PCIe 2-port Async EIA-232 Adapter (FC 5289 and FC 5290)
175 MB Cache RAID - Dual IOA Enablement Card (FC 5662)
Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (FC 5700; CCIN 5700)
10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (FC 1979, 5701; CCIN 5701)
2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (FC 1983, 5706; CCIN 5706)
10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (FC 5708; CCIN 2B3B)
1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X Adapter (FC 1986, 5713)(CCIN 573C)
Description and technical overview
Preparing to install the adapter
Verifying your hardware requirements
Verifying your software requirements
Checking prerequisites
Gathering tools and documentation
Installing the device driver software for the adapter
Installing the device driver software for the IBM 1 Gigabit-SX iSCSI TOE PCI-X Adapter
Verify AIX software installation
Installing the device driver software for the IBM 1 Gigabit-TX iSCSI TOE PCI-X Adapter
Verifying AIX software installation
Installing the IBM 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X Adapter
Installing the adapter
Verifying the adapter installation
Running adapter diagnostics
Configuring the 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter
Overview of configuration process
Installing the device-specific storage support files
Configuring the adapter in AIX
Updating the iSCSI targets flat file
Configuring the storage device
Connecting the adapter to an Ethernet network
Connecting the IBM 1 Gigabit-SX iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter (optical connector) to an Ethernet network
Understanding the adapter LED
Connecting the network cables and adapter
Connecting the IBM 1 Gigabit-TX iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter (copper connector) to an Ethernet network
Connecting the network cables and adapter
Understanding the adapter LED
Technical Appendixes
Config logging information
iSCSI TOE adapter error log information (ICS_ERR template)
iSCSI TOE protocol driver error log detail (ISCSI_ERR template)
2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter (FC 1977, 5716; CCIN 574C)
4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter (FC 5717; CCIN 5717)
10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (FC 5721; CCIN 573A)
10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (FC 5722; CCIN 576A)
PCIe2 FH 4-Port 8 Gb Fibre Channel Adapter (FC 5729)
2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter (FC 5723)
10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter (FC 5732; CCIN 5732)
8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter (FC 5735; CCIN 577D)
PCI-X DDR dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (FC 1912, 5736; CCIN 571A)
4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter (FC 5740, 1954)
PCIe2 2x 10 GbE SR 2x 1 GbE UTP Adapter (FC 5280 and FC 5744)
PCIe2 2x 10 GbE SFP+ Copper 2x 1 GbE UTP Adapter (FC 5279 and FC 5745)
POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator (FC 5748)
4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (FC 1905, 5758, 5760, 5761; CCIN 1910, 280D, 280E)
4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (FC 1910, 5759; CCIN 1910, 5759)
2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter (FC 5767; CCIN 5767)
2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter (FC 5768; CCIN 5768)
10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter (FC 5769; CCIN 5769)
10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter (FC 5772; CCIN 576E)
4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter (FC 5773; CCIN 5773)
4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter (FC 5774; CCIN 5774)
PCI-X Double-Wide, Quad-Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Controller (FC 5782; CCIN 575B)
4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter (FC 5785; CCIN 57D2)
PCIe Dual - x4 SAS Adapter (FC 5901; CCIN 57B3)
PCI-X DDR Dual –x4 Port SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5902; CCIN 572B)
PCIe Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5903; CCIN 574E)
PCI-X DDR 1.5 GB cache SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5904 and 5908; CCIN 572F and 575C)
PCI-X DDR 1.5 GB cache SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5908; CCIN 575C)
PCI-X DDR External Dual – x4 Port SAS Adapter (FC 5912; CCIN 572A)
PCIe2 1.8 GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6 Gb (FC 5913; CCIN 57B5)
PCI 2-Line WAN IOA (FC 6805)
PCI 2-Line WAN with Modem (FC 6833, 6834)
Maintaining the rechargeable battery on the 57B7, 57CF, 574E, and 572F/575C SAS adapters
Replacing SCSI RAID disk-controller cache battery packs
Replacing the cache battery pack on the 571B adapter
Replacing the cache battery pack on the 571F and 575B adapters
Replacing the cache battery pack on the 571E, 574F, 2780, or 5708 adapters
Replacing a battery pack
Replacing a 572B nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 572F/575C card set concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57B7 concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57CF cache battery pack
Replacing a 574E concurrent maintainable battery pack
Installing the AIX device driver software
Verifying the AIX device driver software
PCI adapter placement
What's new in PCI adapter placement
PDF file for PCI adapter placement
PCI adapter placement PDF
Supported PCI adapters for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
PCI adapter placement rules and slot priorities for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
I/O expansion units
PCI adapters slot priorities for the 5802 and 5877 expansion units
Determining the best place to install your adapter
Finding the current system configuration in IBM i
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
PDF files for SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i PDF
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
Feature comparison of SAS RAID cards
PCI-X SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe2 SAS RAID card comparison
SAS architecture
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
RAID 5
RAID 6
System mirroring
Disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Controller software
Verifying the controller software
Common controller and disk array management tasks
Viewing IBM SAS disk information
Considerations for solid-state drives
Dual storage IOA configurations
Possible disk storage IOA configurations
Dual storage IOA functions
Dual storage IOA function attributes
Viewing dual storage IOA attributes
SAS cabling considerations
Performance considerations
Dual storage IOA access optimization
Installing dual storage IOA configurations
SAS RAID controller maintenance
Rechargeable battery maintenance
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Error state
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing a battery pack
Replacing a 572B nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 572F/575C card set concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 574E concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57B7 concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57CF cache battery pack
Replacing a 2BD9 or 2BE1 nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Separating the 572F/575C card set and moving the cache directory card
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Viewing SAS fabric path information
Example: Using SAS fabric path information
SAS address and physical location information
SAS RAID controllers for Linux
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for Linux
PDF file for SAS RAID controllers for Linux
SAS RAID controllers for Linux PDF
General information
Comparison of general features
Comparison of cache features
Comparison of HA features
SAS overview
SAS architecture summary
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
Estimating disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Stripe-unit size
Disk array overview
Disk array states
Physical disk states
I/O adapter states
Auxiliary write cache adapter
Related information
RAID controller software
Verifying installation of the controller software
Linux ipr device driver updates
Updating the iprutils package
Common IBM SAS RAID controller tasks
Starting the iprconfig utility
Status of devices, arrays and paths
Viewing device status
Viewing array status
Viewing path status
RAID and JBOD formats
Formatting to advanced function
Formatting to JBOD
Creating and deleting disk arrays
Creating an IBM SAS RAID disk array
Deleting an IBM SAS RAID disk array
Adding disks to an existing array
Migrating an existing disk array to a new RAID level
Hot spare disks
Creating hot spare disks
Deleting hot spare disks
Considerations for Solid-state drives (SSD)
Multi-initiator and high availability
Possible HA configurations
Controller functions
Controller function attributes
Viewing HA controller attributes
HA cabling considerations
HA performance
Configuration and serviceability considerations for HA RAID configurations
HA asymmetric access optimization
Enabling asymmetric access
Asymmetric access status of disk arrays
Installing high availability
Installing an HA single-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system RAID configuration
Functions requiring special attention in an HA two-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system JBOD configuration
IBM SAS RAID controller maintenance
Usage tips
Updating the controller microcode
Rechargeable battery maintenance
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing the rechargeable battery pack
Replacing a nonconcurrently maintainable battery pack
Replacing a concurrently maintainable battery pack
Replacing the cache directory card
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Physical disks
Removing a failed disk
Installing a new disk
Disk failure recovery
RAID 0 failure
RAID 5 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 5 single-disk failure
RAID 5 multiple-disk failure
RAID 6 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 6 single- or dual-disk failure
RAID 6 failure of three or more disks
RAID 10 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 10 single-disk failure
RAID 10 multiple-disk failure
Reclaiming IOA cache storage
Problem determination and recovery
Analyzing error logs
Basic vi commands
Searching logs
Sample error logs
Generic IOA or device errors
Device configuration errors
Array errors
Cache errors
Disk array problem identification
Unit reference code tables
Maintenance analysis procedures
MAP 3300
MAP 3310
MAP 3311
MAP 3312
MAP 3313
MAP 3320
MAP 3321
MAP 3330
MAP 3331
MAP 3332
MAP 3333
MAP 3334
MAP 3335
MAP 3337
MAP 3340
MAP 3341
MAP 3342
MAP 3342
MAP 3343
MAP 3344
MAP 3345
MAP 3346
MAP 3347
MAP 3348
MAP 3349
MAP 3350
MAP 3351
MAP 3352
MAP 3353
MAP 3390
MAP 3410
MAP 3411
MAP 3412
MAP 3413
MAP 3420
MAP 3421
MAP 3430
MAP 3431
MAP 3432
MAP 3433
MAP 3434
MAP 3435
MAP 3440
MAP 3441
MAP 3442
MAP 3443
MAP 3444
MAP 3445
MAP 3446
MAP 3447
MAP 3448
MAP 3449
MAP 3450
MAP 3452
MAP 3453
MAP 3454
MAP 3460
MAP 3461
MAP 3490
SAS RAID controllers for AIX
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for AIX
PDF file for SAS RAID controllers for AIX
SAS RAID controllers for AIX PDF
SAS RAID controllers for AIX overview
Feature comparison of SAS RAID cards
PCI-X SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe2 SAS RAID card comparison
SAS architecture
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
RAID 0
RAID 5
RAID 6
RAID 10
Disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Stripe-unit size
Valid states for hdisks and pdisks
States for disk arrays (hdisks)
States for physical disks (pdisks)
pdisk descriptions
Auxiliary write cache
Auxiliary write cache adapter
Installing the auxiliary write cache
Viewing link status information
Controller software
Controller software verification
Common controller and disk array management tasks
Using the Disk Array Manager
Preparing disks for use in SAS disk arrays
Creating a disk array
Migrating an existing disk array to a new RAID level
Viewing the disk array configuration
Deleting a disk array
Adding disks to an existing disk array
Using hot spare disks
Creating hot spare disks
Deleting hot spare disks
Viewing IBM SAS disk array settings
Viewing IBM SAS pdisk settings
Viewing pdisk vital product data
Viewing controller SAS addresses
Controller SAS address attributes
System software allocations for SAS controllers
Viewing system software allocations for SAS controllers
Changing system software allocations for SAS controllers
Drive queue depth
Changing the drive queue depth
AIX command-line interface
Considerations for Solid-state drives (SSDs)
Multi-initiator and high availability
Possible HA configurations
Controller functions
Controller function attributes
Viewing HA controller attributes
HA cabling considerations
HA performance
HA access optimization
HA access characteristics within List SAS Disk Array Configuration
Configuration and serviceability considerations for HA RAID configurations
Installing high availability
Installing an HA single-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system RAID configuration
Functions requiring special attention in an HA two-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system JBOD configuration
SAS RAID controller maintenance
Updating the SAS RAID controller microcode
Changing pdisks to hdisks
Maintaining the rechargeable battery on the 57B7, 57CF, 574E, and 572F/575C SAS adapters
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Error state
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing a battery pack
Replacing a 572B nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 572F/575C card set concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 574E concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57B7 concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57CF cache battery pack
Replacing a 2BD9 or 2BE1 nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Separating the 572F/575C card set and moving the cache directory card
Replacing the cache directory card
Replacing pdisks
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Viewing SAS fabric path information
Example: Using SAS fabric path information
Problem determination and recovery
SAS resource locations
Showing physical resource attributes
Disk array problem identification
Service request numbers
Controller maintenance analysis procedures
Examining the hardware error log
MAP 3100
MAP 3110
MAP 3111
MAP 3112
MAP 3113
MAP 3120
MAP 3121
MAP 3130
MAP 3131
MAP 3132
MAP 3133
MAP 3134
MAP 3135
MAP 3140
MAP 3141
MAP 3142
MAP 3143
MAP 3144
MAP 3145
MAP 3146
MAP 3147
MAP 3148
MAP 3149
MAP 3150
MAP 3152
MAP 3153
MAP 3190
MAP 3210
MAP 3211
MAP 3212
MAP 3213
MAP 3220
MAP 3221
MAP 3230
MAP 3231
MAP 3232
MAP 3233
MAP 3234
MAP 3235
MAP 3240
MAP 3241
MAP 3242
MAP 3243
MAP 3244
MAP 3245
MAP 3246
MAP 3247
MAP 3248
MAP 3249
MAP 3250
MAP 3252
MAP 3253
MAP 3254
MAP 3260
MAP 3261
MAP 3290
MAP 3295
Finding a service request number from an existing AIX error log
Power supplies
PDF file for Power supplies
Power supplies PDF
Installing a redundant power supply in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power turned off
Installing a redundant power supply in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power turned on
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned off
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned on
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned off
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned on
Power supply LEDs
Racks and rack features
What's new in Racks and rack features
PDF files for Racks
Installing racks and rack features
Installing the rack
Installing the 7014-T00 or 7014-T42 racks
Completing a parts inventory
Positioning the rack
Leveling the rack
Attaching the stabilizer brackets
Attaching the rack to a concrete floor
Attaching the rack to the concrete floor beneath a raised floor
Connecting the power distribution system
Checking the ac outlets
Attaching the front or back ac electrical outlet
Installing the ac outlet-mounting plates with ac outlets
Installing the ac outlet-mounting plate without ac outlets
Connecting a dc power source
Installing a system or expansion unit into a rack
Removing and replacing 7014-T00 or 7014-T42 side panels
Removing and replacing 7014-T00 or 7014-T42 trim panels
Attaching the rack doors
Attaching a high-perforation front door
Rack safety notices
Installing the rack security kit
Ruggedized kit
Releasing the ruggedized brace
Releasing the side panel with a ruggedized kit
Connecting multiple racks with rack-to-rack attachment kit
Installing or removing a rack-mounted system-unit latch bracket
Removing or replacing a rack top cover
Removing a rack top cover
Replacing a rack top cover
Power distribution unit plus
Installing the PDU+ in the side of a rack
Setting up power monitoring using the PDU+
Using the IBM DPI Configuration Utility
Using the Web interface
SAS RAID enablement and cache battery pack
What's new in SAS RAID enablement
PDF file for SAS RAID enablement
SAS RAID enablement
Installing the Storage Backplane - 6 SFF Bays/SATA DVD (FC 5618)
Installing the 3x3 split-drive bays no RAID 5/6 support (FC 5631)
Installing the 3x3 split-drive bays no RAID 5/6 support (FC EJ02)
Installing the Storage Backplane - 8 SFF Bays/175MB RAID/Dual IOA (FC 5630 and FC EJ01)
Removing and replacing SAS RAID adapters and batteries
Removing the RAID enablement card
Replacing the RAID enablement card
Removing the RAID/cache storage controller
Replacing the RAID/cache storage controller
Removing and replacing the cache battery card
Removing and replacing a cache battery pack
Removing and replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing the disk drive backplane
Replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system backplane
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B SAS subsystem service considerations
Service considerations for the cache battery pack
Voltage regulator modules
PDF file for voltage regulator modules
Voltage regulator modules PDF
Processor voltage regulator module for the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
Installing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B processor voltage regulator module
Removing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B processor voltage regulator module
Replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B processor voltage regulator module
Memory voltage regulator module for the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
Removing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B memory voltage regulator module
Replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B memory voltage regulator module
Common procedures for installable features
Before you begin
Identifying a part
Control panel LEDs
Identifying a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in an IBM i system or logical partition
Activating the failing-part indicator light
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Finding the location code of a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Locating a failing part in a Virtual I/O Server system or logical partition
Identifying a part by using the Virtual I/O Server
Starting the system
Starting a system that is not managed by a Hardware Management Console or a Systems Director Management Console
Start the system or logical partition by using the HMC
Starting a system or virtual server by using the SDMC
Stopping a system or logical partition
Stopping a system that is not managed by an HMC or an SDMC
Stopping a system by using the HMC
Stopping a system with the SDMC
Removing and replacing the expansion unit cover or door
Removing the front cover on the 7314-G30 or 5796
Installing the front cover on the 7314-G30 or 5796
System covers
Removing and replacing covers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing the front cover on a rack-mounted system
Removing the front cover on a stand-alone system
Installing the front cover on a rack-mounted system
Installing the front cover and front door on a stand-alone system
Removing the service access cover on a rack-mounted system
Removing the service access cover on a stand-alone system
Installing the service access cover on a rack-mounted system
Installing the service access cover on a stand-alone system
Removing and replacing covers for the 8231-E2B, 8231-E1C, or 8231-E2C
Removing the service access cover on a rack-mounted system
Installing the service access cover on a rack-mounted system
Removing and replacing covers on the 8233-E8B or 8236-E8C system
Removing the front cover
Installing the front cover
Removing the service access cover
Installing the service access cover
Removing and replacing covers for the 9117-MMB, 9117-MMC, 9179-MHB, or 9179-MHC
Removing the front cover
Removing the front cover with the cover removal tool
Installing the front cover
Service and operating positions
Placing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system into the service or operating position
Placing a rack-mounted system into the service position
Placing a rack-mounted system into the operating position
Placing the 8231-E2B, 8231-E1C, or 8231-E2C system into the service or operating position
Placing a rack-mounted system into the service position
Placing a rack-mounted system into the operating position
Placing the rack-mounted 8233-E8B or 8236-E8C system into the service position or operating position
Placing the 8233-E8B or 8236-E8C in the service position
Placing the 8233-E8B or 8236-E8C in the operating position
Power cords
Disconnecting the power cords from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Connecting the power cords to the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Disconnecting the power cords from the 8231-E2B, 8231-E1C, or 8231-E2C
Connecting the power cords to the 8231-E2B, 8231-E1C, or 8231-E2C
Installing a part by using the HMC
Removing a part by using the HMC
Replacing a part by using the HMC
Installing a part by using the SDMC
Removing a part by using the SDMC
Replacing a part by using the Systems Director Management Console
Verifying the installed part
Verifying an installed feature or replaced part in an AIX system or logical partition
Verifying the installed part in an IBM i system or logical partition
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Verifying the installed part in a Linux system or logical partition
Verifying an installed part by using stand-alone diagnostics
Verifying the installed part by using the HMC
Activating and deactivating LEDs by using the HMC
Viewing serviceable events by using the HMC
Verifying the installed part by using the SDMC
Activating and deactivating LEDs by using the SDMC
Viewing serviceable events by using the SDMC
Verifying an installed part or replaced part on a system or logical partition by using Virtual I/O Server tools
Accessing the control panel for the 8233-E8B or 8236-E8C
Disconnecting the SMP processor cable from a system
Reconnecting the SMP processor cable to a system
Removing the 5802 I/O planar
Replacing the 5802 I/O planar
Removing the 5802 enclosure management controller
Replacing the 5802 enclosure management controller
Converting the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, or 8205-E6B from a stand-alone to a rack-mounted system
Converting the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, or 8205-E6B from a rack-mounted to a stand-alone system
Working with consoles, terminals, and interfaces
Installing and configuring the Hardware Management Console
What's new in Installing and configuring the HMC
PDF files for installing and configuring the HMC
Installing and configuring the Hardware Management Console
Installing the Hardware Management Console PDF
Installing the Hardware Management Console
Planning for HMC installation and configuration
Installing your rack-mounted HMC
Installing your stand-alone HMC
Configuring the HMC for the first time
Installation and configuration scenarios
Choosing network settings on the HMC
HMC network connections
Types of HMC network connections
Private and open networks in the HMC environment
HMC as a DHCP server
Deciding which connectivity method to use for the call-home server
Using Internet SSL to connect to remote support
Choosing an internet protocol
Internet SSL address lists
Using a virtual private network to connect to remote support
VPN server address list
Using the telephone and modems to connect to remote support
Using multiple call-home servers
Preparing for HMC configuration
Preinstallation configuration worksheet for the HMC
Setting up the HMC
Cabling your stand-alone HMC
Installing the 7310-CR4 HMC into a rack
Completing a parts inventory
Determining the location
Marking the location without a rack-mounting template
Installing the slide rails into the rack
Installing the HMC on the slide rails
Installing the cable-management arm
Cabling your rack-mounted HMC
Installing the 7042-CR5 and 7042-CR6 into a rack
Configuring the HMC
Configuring the HMC using the fast path through the Guided Setup wizard
Configuring the HMC using the HMC menus
Starting the HMC
Changing the date and time
Configuring the HMC network types
Identifying the Ethernet port defined as eth0
Determining the interface name for an Ethernet adapter
Setting the media speed
Selecting a private or open network
Configuring the HMC as a DHCP server
Setting the IPv4 address
Setting the IPv6 address
Using only IPv6 addresses
Changing HMC firewall settings
Enabling remote restricted shell access
Enabling remote Web access
Configuring a routing entry as the default gateway
Configuring domain name services
Configuring domain suffixes
Configuring the HMC so that it uses LDAP remote authentication
Configuring the HMC so that it uses Key Distribution Center servers for Kerberos remote authentication
Configuring the HMC so that it can contact service and support
Configuring the HMC so that it can connect to service and support using the call-home setup wizard
Configuring the local console to report errors to service and support
Configuring an HMC to contact service and support using LAN-based Internet and SSL
Connecting to service and support using the telephone and modems
Connecting to service and support using a LAN-based VPN
Choosing existing call-home servers to connect to service and support for this HMC
Verifying that your connection to service and support is working
Authorizing users to view collected system data
Transmitting service information
Set passwords for the managed system
Testing the connection between the HMC and the managed system
Postconfiguration steps
Backing up critical HMCdata
Backing up the entire HMC hard drive to a remote system
Updating, upgrading, and migrating your HMC machine code
Determining your HMC machine code version and release
Obtaining and applying machine code updates for the HMC with an Internet connection
Obtaining and applying machine code updates for the HMC using DVD or an FTP server
Upgrading your HMC software
Migrating the machine code on an HMC from Version 6 to Version 7
Managing the HMC
What's new in Managing the HMC
PDF files for Managing the HMC
Managing the HMC guide
Roadmap for installing the HMC PDF
Installing and configuring the HMC PDF
Logical partitioning PDF
Capacity on demand user's PDF
Introduction to the HMC
User interface style for the HMC
Predefined user IDs and passwords
Tasks and roles
Starting the HMC
Using the Web-based user interface
Task bar
Navigation pane
Welcome
Systems Management
Servers
Selecting a server
Displaying server details
Launching tasks for managed objects
Taskpad
Context Menu
Tasks menu
Partitions
Displaying partition details
Frames
Custom Groups
User-defined groups
System Plans
HMC Management
Service Management
Updates
Work pane
Working with Tables
Selecting Rows
Filtering
Sorting
Column configuration
Views menu
Status bar
Status: Unacceptable
Status: Attention LEDs
Status: Serviceable Events
Status Overview
HMC tasks, user roles, IDs, and associated commands
Systems Management for Servers
Properties
Update Password
Operations
Power On
Power Off
Power Management
LED Status
Schedule Operations
Advanced System Management
Utilization Data
Rebuild
Change Password
Configuration
Create Logical Partition
System Plans
Partition Availability Priority
View Workload Management Groups
Manage Custom Groups
Manage Partition Data
Manage System Profiles
Virtual Resources
Shared processor pool management
Shared Memory Pool Management
Virtual Storage Management
Virtual Network Management
Connections
View service processor connection status
Resetting or removing connections
Disconnecting another HMC
Adding a managed system
Correcting a connection problem
Correcting a No connection state for a managed system
Correcting an Incomplete state for a managed system
Correcting a Recovery state for a managed system
Correcting an Error state for a managed system
Correcting a Failed Authentication state for a managed system
Correcting a new connection problem between the HMC and a managed system
Hardware Information
Adapters
Host Channel Adapter (HCA)
Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA)
View Hardware Topology
Updates
Serviceability
Manage Serviceable Events
Create Serviceable Event
Reference Code History
Control Panel Functions
Hardware
Add FRU
Add Enclosure
Exchange FRU
Exchange Enclosure
Remove FRU
Remove Enclosure
Power On/Off IO Unit
Manage Dumps
Collect VPD
Edit MTMS
FSP Failover
Capacity on Demand
Systems Management for Partitions
Properties
Change Default Profile
Operations
Activate
Restart
Shut Down
Manage Attention LED
Schedule Operations
viosvrcmd
Delete
Mobility
Migrate
Validate
Recover
Suspend operations
Validate
Suspend
Resume
Configuration
Manage Profiles
Manage Custom Groups
Save Current Configuration
Hardware Information
Adapters
Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA)
Host Channel Adapter (HCA)
Switch Network Interface
Virtual IO Adapters
Dynamic Logical Partitioning
Processor
Memory
Physical Adapters
Virtual Adapter
Host Ethernet
Console window
Serviceability
Manage Serviceable Events
Reference Code History
Control Panel Functions
Systems Management for Frames
Properties
Update Password
Operations
Initialize Frames
Initialize All Frames
Rebuild
Change Password
Power On/Off IO Unit
Configuration
Manage Custom Groups
Connections
Bulk Power Assembly (BPA) Status
Reset
Hardware Information
View RIO Topology
Serviceability
Manage Serviceable Events
Hardware
Add FRU
Add Enclosure
Exchange FRU
Exchange Enclosure
Remove FRU
Remove Enclosure
System Plans
View System Plan
Create System Plan
Deploy System Plan
Export System Plan
Import System Plan
Remove System Plan
HMC Management tasks
HMC Management - Operations
View HMC Events
Shut Down or Restart
Schedule Operations
Format Media
Back up HMC Data
Restore HMC Data
Save Upgrade Data
Change Network Settings
Test Network Connectivity
View Network Topology
Tip of the Day
View Licenses
Change User Interface Settings
Change Date and Time
Launch Guided Setup Wizard
HMC Management - Administration
Change User Password
Manage User Profiles and Access
Manage Task and Resource Roles
Manage Users and Tasks
Manage Certificates
KDC Configuration
View KDC Server
Modify KDC Server
Add KDC server
Remove KDC server
Import Service Key
Remove Service Key
Configuring the HMC so that it uses LDAP authentication
Remote Command Execution
Remote Virtual Terminal
Open Restricted Shell Terminal
Change Language and Locale
Create Welcome Text
Manage Data Replication
Managing Install Resources
Enhanced password policy
Service Management tasks
Create Serviceable Event
Manage Serviceable Events
Load Serviceable Events
Manage Remote Connections
Manage Remote Support Requests
Format Media
Manage Dumps
Transmit Service Information
Manage Systems Call-Home
Manage Outbound Connectivity
Manage Inbound Connectivity
Manage Customer Information
Authorize User
Manage Serviceable Event Notification
Manage Connection Monitoring
Manage POWER4 Service Agent
Call-Home Setup Wizard
Updates
Update HMC
Managed System Updates
Change Licensed Internal Code for the current release
Upgrade Licensed Internal Code to a new release
Flash Side Selection
Check system readiness
View system information
Remote operations
Using a remote HMC
Using a Web browser
Using the HMC remote command line
Setting up secure script execution between SSH clients and the HMC
Enabling and disabling HMC remote commands
Web browser requirements
Preparing to use the Web browser
Logging in to the HMC from a LAN-connected Web browser
Customizable data replication
Peer-to-peer replication
Master-to-slave replication
Data replication
HMC commands
Managing the Advanced System Management Interface
What's new in Managing the ASMI
PDF file for Managing the ASMI
Managing the ASMI PDF
Setting up and accessing the ASMI
ASMI requirements
Accessing the ASMI using the HMC
Accessing the ASMI without an HMC
Connecting your server to a PC or notebook
Accessing the ASMI using a PC or notebook and web browser
Setting the IP address on your PC or notebook
Setting the IP address in Windows XP and Windows 2000
Setting the IP address in Linux
Setting the IP address in Windows Vista
Connecting a system running AIX or Linux to a terminal
Accessing the ASMI by using an ASCII terminal
Accessing the graphics console
Controlling the system power using the control panel
Starting a system that is not managed by a Hardware Management Console or a Systems Director Management Console
Stopping a system that is not managed by an HMC or an SDMC
Initiating a delayed power off
Initiating a fast power off
Controlling the system power using the ASMI
Powering the system on and off
Setting auto-power restart
Performing an immediate power off
Performing a system reboot
Setting Wake on LAN
ASMI authority levels
ASMI login restrictions
Setting up an ASMI login profile
Changing ASMI passwords
Retrieving ASMI login audits
Changing the default language for the ASMI
Updating installed languages
Managing your server using the ASMI
Viewing system information
Viewing vital product data
Viewing persistent storage
Viewing SPCN trace
Viewing progress indicator from previous boot
Viewing progress indicator history
Viewing real-time progress indicator
Viewing memory data
Viewing firmware maintenance history
Changing system configuration
Changing system name
Configuring I/O enclosures
Changing the time of day
Changing the firmware update policy on a System i model
Changing the PCI error policy
Configuring monitoring
Changing the interposer plug count
Changing the number of HSL OptiConnect connections
Changing the memory allocation
Removing HMC connection data
Configuring virtual I/O connections
Configuring selective memory mirroring
Configuring the acoustic mode control
Configuring Ethernet settings
Managing virtual I/O connectivity
Configuration details for virtual Ethernet switches
Setting the maximum number of virtual Ethernet switches
Running the floating-point test
Controlling server power consumption
Deconfiguring hardware
Setting deconfiguration policies
Field core override function overview
Setting the filed core override value
Verifying the reason for processor deconfiguration
Examples showing the reason for processor deconfiguration
Changing the processor configuration
Changing the memory configuration
Changing the processor unit configuration
Clearing all deconfiguration errors
Programming vital product data
Setting the system brand
Setting the system identifiers
Setting the system enclosure type
Changing service indicators
Turning off the system attention indicator
Enabling enclosure indicators
Changing indicators by location code
Performing an LED test on the control panel
Setting performance options
Changing the logical-memory block size
Increasing the system-memory page size
TurboCore settings
Configuring network services
Configuring network interfaces
Configuring network access
Debugging the virtual tty
Using on-demand utilities
Order Capacity on Demand
Activating Capacity on Demand or PowerVM by using the ASMI
Resuming server firmware after CoD activation
Use Capacity on Demand commands
Viewing information about CoD resources
Using concurrent maintenance utilities
Preparing the control panel for the 8233-E8B, 8236-E8C, 9117-MMB, and 9179-MHB systems
Reserving RIO/HSL adapter slots
Viewing and customizing ASMI service aid menus
Displaying error and event logs
Enabling serial port snoop
Using the ASMI to perform a system dump
Using the ASMI to perform a service processor dump
Initiating a partition dump
Configuring a system port for call options
Configuring your modem
Configuring the call-home and call-in policy
Testing the call-home policy
Rebooting the service processor
Restoring your server to factory settings
Entering service processor commands
Viewing resources deconfigured using the guard function
Performing a resource dump
Troubleshooting problems in accessing the ASMI
Managing the control panel functions
What's new in Managing the control panel functions
PDF file for Managing the control panel functions
Managing the control panel functions
Control panel concepts
Physical control panel
Accessing the control panel functions using the physical control panel
Putting the physical control panel in manual operating mode
Control panel function codes
Primary control panel functions
Function 01: Display selected IPL type, system operating mode, and IPL speed
Function 02: Select IPL type, IPL speed override, system operating mode, and firmware mode
Function 03: Restart IPL
Function 04: Lamp test
Functions 05 - 06: Reserved
Function 07: SPCN functions
Function 08: Fast power off
Functions 09 - 10: Reserved
Function 11: SRC display (ASCII string)
Function 12: SRC display (hex words 2 - 5)
Function 13: SRC display (hex words 6 - 9)
Functions 14 - 19: SRC display (callouts)
Function 20: System type, model, feature code, and IPL type
Customer-extended panel functions
Function 21: Service tool initiation
Function 22: Partition dump
Functions 23 - 24: Reserved
Functions 25 - 26: Service switches 1 and 2
Functions 27 - 29: Reserved
Function 30: Service processor IP address and port location
Functions 31 - 33: Reserved
Function 34: Retry partition dump
Functions 35 - 41: Reserved
Function 41: Nondisruptive platform system dump
Function 42: Platform system dump
Function 43: Service processor dump
Functions 44 - 54: Reserved
Function 55: View and change platform system dump data
Functions 56 - 62: Reserved
Function 56: Select IPL diagnostic level
Function 63: Display system status SRCs
Function 64: Display diagnostic status SRCs
Function 65–Deactivate remote service
Function 66–Activate remote service
Function 67–Disk unit IOP reset/reload
Function 68–Concurrent maintenance – power off
Function 69–Concurrent maintenance – power on
Function 70–IOP dump
Functions 71 - 99: Reserved
Values for IPL types, system operating modes, and speeds
Managing system management services
What's new in Managing system management services
PDF file for Managing system management services
Managing the system management services PDF
Starting system management services
From a logically partitioned server
From a nonpartitioned server
Using system management services
Menus and descriptions
Main menu and navigation
Selecting the language
Setting up a remote IPL
Selecting the BOOTP or TFTP option
Selecting the ISCSI option
Configuring adapters
Selecting the speed, duplex option
Selecting the protocol option
Changing SCSI settings
Selecting the console
Selecting boot options
Selecting to install or boot a device
Configuring boot device order
Multiboot startup
Power-on self-test keys
Exiting system management services
Managing IBM i consoles
Managing Operations Console
What's new in Managing Operations Console
PDF file for Managing Operations Console
Managing Operations Console PDF
Operations Console concepts
Planning for your configuration
Operations Console considerations
General considerations for Operations Console
Systems not managed by an HMC
Systems managed by an HMC
All servers
Adapter considerations
Determine the console by adapter location
Multiple console-capable adapters
Host Ethernet Adapter
Tagging a Host Ethernet Adapter logical port or I/O adapter for the console
5706, 5707, 5767, and 5768 adapters
Configured console type
Dedicated adapter resource
Console adapter placement
Preparing for the Operations Console environment
Console activation in D-mode
Backup console for IBM i
Considerations for a backup console
Verify your system is ready for a backup console
Possible backup console configurations
Operations Console hardware requirements
Operations Console default console port
Adapter requirements
PC processor and memory requirements
Operations Console software requirements
Remote control panel
Remote control panel characteristics
Configuration information
Operations Console networking
Concepts for Operations Console networking
Bootstrap Protocol
HMC considerations
Setting up Operations Console
Managing Operations Console
Troubleshooting Operations Console
Managing the HMC 5250 console
What's new in Managing the HMC 5250 console
PDF file for Managing the HMC 5250 console
Managing the HMC 5250 console PDF
Preparing the IBM i logical partition to connect to a 5250 console session
Connecting to a 5250 console
Opening a local 5250 console session from an HMC
Opening a remote 5250 console session from an HMC
Operating a 5250 console
Changing consoles
What's new in Changing consoles
PDF file for Changing consoles
Changing consoles PDF
Concepts for changing your console configuration
Changing the console by powering off the managed system
Changing the console with the managed system powered on
Changing hardware for one or more consoles
Completing a console change with the logical partition powered on
Troubleshooting the new console
When the system is managed by an HMC
When the system is not managed by an HMC
Related information for Changing consoles
Accessing Operations Console information in the IBM i Information Center
Managing system resources
System plans
What's new in system plans
PDF file for System plans
System plans PDF
System Planning Tool
System plan conversion
Preparing for system plan conversion
Limitations of system plan conversion
Converting a system plan to System Planning Tool format
Troubleshooting system plan conversion
System plans on the HMC
Creating a system plan by using the HMC
Requirements for creating a system plan on the HMC
Optimizing data when creating a system plan on the HMC
Inventory gathering process on the HMC
Requirements for inventory gathering on the HMC
Hardware discovery process on the HMC
Requirements for hardware discovery on the HMC
Tips for maximizing data in a system plan on the HMC
Troubleshooting system plan creation for the HMC
Importing a system plan into an HMC
Deploying a system plan by using the HMC
Requirements for deploying a system plan on the HMC
System plan validation for the HMC
Hardware validation on the HMC
Partition validation on the HMC
Troubleshooting system plan deployment for an HMC
Exporting a system plan from an HMC
Viewing a system plan on an HMC
Deleting a system plan from an HMC
Logical partitioning
What's new in Logical partitioning
PDF file for Logical partitioning
Logical partitioning PDF
Integrated Virtualization Manager PDF
Logical partition overview
Benefits of logical partitioning
Sharing resources between logical partitions
Managed systems
Manufacturing default configuration
Logical partitioning tools
Hardware Management Console
Partition profile
Processor resource assignment
Memory resource assignment in partition profiles
I/O device assignment
Partition profiles that use all of the system resources
System profile
Partitioning with the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Virtual Partition Manager
Physical and virtual hardware resources
Processors
Dedicated processors
Shared processors
Virtual processors
Memory
Dedicated memory
Setting huge-page memory values for AIX dedicated memory partitions
Calculating huge-page memory requirements for AIX dedicated memory partitions
Viewing and setting huge-page memory values for AIX dedicated memory partitions
Shared memory
Overview of shared memory
Example: Logically overcommitted configuration
Example: Physically overcommitted configuration
Data flow for shared memory partitions
Logical memory
I/O entitled memory
Paging VIOS partition
Paging space device
On IVM-managed systems
On HMC-managed systems
Shared memory distribution
Active Memory Expansion
Terminal and console options for logical partitions
Hardware Management Console terminal and console options
Operations Console for IBM i logical partitions
I/O devices
Virtual adapters
Virtual Ethernet
Virtual Fibre Channel
Virtual Fibre Channel for HMC-managed systems
Virtual Fibre Channel on IVM-managed systems
Virtual SCSI adapters
Virtual serial adapters
Host Ethernet Adapter
Tagged resources for IBM i logical partitions
Load source placement rules for IBM i logical partitions
Alternate restart device placement rules for IBM i logical partitions
Switchable devices for IBM i logical partitions
Virtual OptiConnect for IBM i logical partitions
Expansion unit
5250 CPW for IBM i logical partitions
Barrier-synchronization register
Application support for Linux logical partitions
Examples: Logically partitioned systems
Scenarios: Logical partitions
Scenario: Creating a logical partition using the HMC
Scenario: Using partition profiles with the HMC
Scenario: Using system profiles with the HMC
Scenario: Dynamically moving processors and memory resources using the HMC
Scenario: Capacity on Demand for Linux
Planning for logical partitions
System Planning Tool
Trusted Boot
Trusted Firewall
Preparing to configure Active Memory Expansion
Configuration requirements for shared memory
Configuration requirements and restrictions for suspending a logical partition
Verifying that the server supports partitions that can be suspended
Verifying that the logical partition can be suspended
Verifying that the server supports Virtual Trusted Platform Module
Preparing to configure shared memory
On IVM-managed systems
On HMC- managed systems
Determining the size of the shared memory pool
Software licensing for IBM licensed programs on logical partitions
Minimum hardware configuration requirements for logical partitions
Partitioning with the HMC
Creating logical partitions
Creating logical partitions on a new or nonpartitioned server
Creating IBM i logical partitions on a new or nonpartitioned managed system
Creating an AIX or Linux logical partition on a new or nonpartitioned managed system
Creating additional logical partitions
Creating a logical partition with suspension capability
Enabling suspension capability of a logical partition by using the HMC
Suspending a logical partition by using the HMC
Recovering a suspended logical partition by using the HMC
Enabling and disabling a Virtual Trusted Platform Module on a logical partition by using the HMC
Creating a logical partition with Virtual Trusted Platform capability
Viewing the Virtual Trusted Platform Module settings
Creating additional partition profiles
Creating a system profile
Creating an AIX logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Creating a network-server description and a network-server storage space for an AIX logical partition
Connecting to the virtual console for an AIX logical partition
Starting the network-server description for an AIX logical partition
Creating an IBM i logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Creating a network-server description and a network-server storage space for an IBM i logical partition that uses IBM i resources
Connecting to the virtual console for an IBM i logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Starting the network-server description for an IBM i logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Creating a Linux logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Creating an NWSD and a network-server storage space for a Linux logical partition
Connecting to the virtual console for a Linux logical partition
Starting the network-server description for a Linux logical partition
Designating the service logical partition for your managed system
Resetting the managed system to a nonpartitioned configuration
Deleting a logical partition
Configuring virtual resources for logical partitions
Configuring Active Memory Expansion
Configuring a virtual Ethernet adapter
Changing the VLAN IDs of a virtual Ethernet adapter
Configuring the Quality of Service priority for a virtual Ethernet adapter
MAC address controls using the HMC
Configuring the MAC address controls for a virtual Ethernet adapter
Configuring a virtual Fibre Channel adapter
Configuring physical ports on a Host Ethernet Adapter
Configuring shared processor pools
Configuring the shared memory pool
Creating a logical Host Ethernet Adapter for a running logical partition
Creating a shared Ethernet adapter
Creating a virtual disk for a VIOS logical partition using the HMC
Creating storage pools
Entering the activation code for Active Memory Expansion
Reassigning logical partitions to shared processor pools
Managing the shared memory pool
Changing the size of the shared memory pool
Adding a paging VIOS partition to the shared memory pool
Changing the paging VIOS partitions assigned to the shared memory pool
Removing a paging VIOS partition from the shared memory pool
Reinstalling the Virtual I/O Server
Adding and removing paging space devices to and from the shared memory pool
Deleting the shared memory pool
Managing logical partitions
Activating a logical partition
Activating a partition profile
Activating a logical partition based on its current configuration
Activating a system profile
Shutting down and restarting logical partitions
Shutting down and restarting AIX in a logical partition
Shutting down AIX logical partitions
Restarting AIX logical partitions
Shutting down IBM i logical partitions
Shutting down IBM i logical partitions using the HMC
Performing a delayed shutdown of an IBM i logical partition
Performing an immediate shutdown of an IBM i logical partition
Shutting down IBM i logical partitions using Operations Console
Restarting and shutting down IBM i in a logical partition
Changing the operating mode for an IBM i logical partition
Changing the IPL type for an IBM i logical partition
Shutting down and restarting Linux in a logical partition
Shutting down Linux logical partitions
Restarting Linux logical partitions
Shutting down and restarting VIOS in a logical partition
Shutting down Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Restarting Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Managing partition profiles for logical partitions
Copying a partition profile
Changing partition profile properties
Deleting a partition profile
Managing system profiles
Copying a system profile
Changing a system profile
Validating a system profile
Deleting a system profile
Managing logical partition resources dynamically
Managing dedicated memory dynamically
Adding dedicated memory dynamically
Changing the Active Memory Expansion factor
Moving dedicated memory dynamically
Removing dedicated memory dynamically
Managing shared memory dynamically
Adding and removing logical memory dynamically
Adding and removing I/O entitled memory dynamically
Changing the Active Memory Expansion factor
Managing processor resources dynamically
Adding processor resources dynamically
Moving processor resources dynamically
Removing processor resources dynamically
Managing physical I/O devices and slots dynamically
Adding physical I/O devices and slots dynamically
Moving physical I/O devices and slots dynamically
Removing physical I/O devices and slots dynamically
Managing virtual adapters dynamically
Adding virtual adapters dynamically
Removing virtual adapters dynamically
Managing 5250 CPW dynamically
Adding 5250 CPW for IBM i logical partitions dynamically
Moving 5250 CPW for IBM i logical partitions dynamically
Removing 5250 CPW for IBM i logical partitions dynamically
Scheduling the movement of resources to and from logical partitions
Saving the logical partition configuration to a partition profile
Managing virtual resources for Virtual I/O Server logical partitions using the HMC
Changing a virtual disk for a VIOS logical partition using the HMC
Changing optical devices
Changing a storage pool for a VIOS logical partition using the HMC
Changing a physical volume for a VIOS logical partition using the HMC
Changing virtual Fibre Channel for a Virtual I/O Server using the HMC
Managing the memory configuration of a logical partition
Changing the paging VIOS partitions assigned to a shared memory partition
Changing the Active Memory Expansion factor
Changing the memory weight of a shared memory partition
Changing the memory mode
Managing dedicated memory dynamically
Adding dedicated memory dynamically
Moving dedicated memory dynamically
Removing dedicated memory dynamically
Managing shared memory dynamically
Adding and removing logical memory dynamically
Adding and removing I/O entitled memory dynamically
Obtaining additional WWPNs
Setting partition-availability priorities
Installing new hardware for IBM i logical partitions
Backing up and recovering data
Managing logical partitions that use IBM i resources
AIX
Adding virtual disk units to an AIX logical partition
Linking a network-server storage space to a network server description
Deleting network-server descriptions for an AIX logical partition
Deleting virtual disk drives for an AIX logical partition
Using IPL types when running AIX
Unlinking virtual disk drives from an AIX logical partition
Saving AIX server objects in IBM i
IBM i
Adding virtual disk units to an IBM i logical partition that uses i virtual I/O resources
Linking a network-server storage space to a network server description
Deleting network server descriptions for an IBM i logical partition that uses i virtual I/O resources
Deleting virtual disk drives for an IBM i logical partition that uses i virtual I/O resources
Using IPL types when running an IBM i logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Unlinking virtual disk drives from an IBM i logical partition that uses i resources
Saving IBM i server objects in i
Backing up and recovering IBM i logical partitions that use i virtual I/O resources
Linux
Adding virtual disk units to a Linux logical partition
Linking a network-server storage space to a network-server description
Deleting network server descriptions for a Linux logical partition
Deleting virtual disk drives for a Linux logical partition
Using IPL types when running Linux
Unlinking virtual disk drives from a Linux logical partition
Saving Linux server objects in IBM i
Backing up and recovering Linux logical partitions that use IBM i virtual I/O resources
Backing up and recovering files using the tar command
Saving to and restoring from a tape device
Saving to and restoring from a file
Backing up and recovering Linux logical partitions using i commands
Save Linux data by using IBM i SAV
Restore Linux data using i RST
Backing up the network server description and virtual disk drives associated with a Linux logical partition
Building a rescue image on a network storage space
Using a rescue image from a network-server storage space
Backing up network server descriptions for a Linux logical partition
Restoring network-server descriptions for a Linux logical partition
Performance
Adjusting the Active Memory Expansion configuration to improve performance
Performance considerations for shared memory partitions
Performance considerations for overcommitted shared memory partitions
Factors that influence the performance of shared memory partitions
Performance statistics for shared memory
Adjusting the shared memory configuration to improve performance
Determining the I/O entitled memory for a shared memory partition
Security
Troubleshooting IBM i logical partitions
Debugging network server description error messages for AIX logical partitions
Troubleshooting errors for Linux partitions using IBM i virtual I/O resources
Debugging network server description error messages
Troubleshooting Linux virtual tape errors
Situations requiring the assistance of an authorized service provider
Reference Code finder
Integrated Virtualization Manager
What is new
Partitioning with the Integrated Virtualization Manager
PDF file
Integrated Virtualization Manager PDF
System plans PDF
Planning
Supported server models for Integrated Virtualization Manager
Operating system support for logical partitions on POWER7 processor-based servers that are managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Planning for a server
IBM i restrictions
Installing
Installing the Integrated Virtualization Manager on IBM Power Systems
Installing the Integrated Virtualization Manager on BladeCenter
Finishing the installation
Connecting to the Integrated Virtualization Manager Web-based interface
Connecting to the Virtual I/O Server command-line interface
Configuring the management and client logical partitions
Entering the activation code with Integrated Virtualization Manager
Changing memory and processor resources on the management partition
Setting the maximum number of virtual resources
Mirroring the management partition
Configuring storage on the managed system
Creating storage pools
Creating virtual disks
Configuring virtual fibre channel on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Configuring virtual Ethernet on the managed system
Configuring virtual Ethernet bridges on the managed system
Assigning a Host Ethernet Adapter port to a logical partition
Dynamically managing physical adapters
Creating client logical partitions
Creating client logical partitions by using the Create Partitions wizard
Creating a partition based on an existing partition
Managing
Viewing and modifying system properties
Managing the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Defining the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Changing the shared memory pool size by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Adding or removing paging space devices by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Deleting the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Managing partitions
Activating logical partitions
Adding a client logical partition to the partition workload group
Deleting logical partitions
Dynamically managing memory
Dynamically managing physical adapters
Dynamically managing processing power
Modifying partition properties
Managing memory properties for shared memory partitions
Migrating a client logical partition to another managed system
Opening a virtual terminal session
Shutting down logical partitions
Using the operator panel service functions
Viewing or modifying the status of a migrating partition
Viewing partition reference codes
Managing storage devices
Creating virtual optical devices
Modifying virtual disks
Modifying storage pools
Modifying physical volumes
Modifying the virtual Fibre Channel on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Viewing virtual fibre channel connections for a partition on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Modifying optical devices
Modifying physical tape devices
Managing Ethernet
Changing the TCP/IP settings on the Virtual I/O Server
Creating a virtual Ethernet adapter
Viewing virtual Ethernet settings
Updating the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Migrating the Virtual I/O Server from DVD
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode through the Integrated Virtualization Manager with an Internet connection
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode through the Integrated Virtualization Manager without an Internet connection
Installing or replacing a PCI adapter with the sytem power on in Virtual I/O Server
Creating and modifying user accounts
User roles
Creating user accounts
Changing user properties
Changing password settings
Removing user accounts
Changing user passwords
Editing your user profile
Troubleshooting the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Activating the Electronic Service Agent on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Backing up and restoring partition data
Backing up virtual media and user files to tape
Restoring virtual media and user files from tape
Viewing application logs
Viewing application log properties
Monitoring tasks
Viewing hardware inventory
Recovering virtual optical device settings
Connecting an HMC to a system managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager
PowerVM Editions
What's new in PowerVM Editions
PowerVM Editions overview
PowerVM Express Edition
PowerVM Standard Edition
PowerVM Enterprise Edition
Entering a PowerVM Editions activation code
Entering the activation code with Integrated Virtualization Manager
Entering the activation code with HMC
Entering the activation code for PowerVM Editions using the SDMC
Micro-Partitioning technology
Shared processors
Virtual processors
Active Memory Sharing
Overview of shared memory
Example: A shared memory configuration that is logically overcommitted
Example: A shared memory configuration that is physically overcommitted
Virtual I/O Server
What's new in Virtual I/O Server
PDF file
Virtual I/O Server PDF
Virtual I/O Server overview
Operating system support for VIOS client logical partitions
Components of the Virtual I/O Server
Virtual Fibre Channel
Virtual Fibre Channel for HMC-managed systems
Virtual Fibre Channel on IVM-managed systems
Virtual SCSI
Virtual I/O Server storage subsystem overview
Physical storage
Physical volumes
Logical volumes
Volume groups
Physical partitions
Logical partitions
Quorums
Virtual media repository
Clusters
Storage pools
Optical devices
Tape
Virtual storage
Disk
Optical
Tape
Device compatibility in a Virtual I/O Server environment
Determining whether a physical volume is managed by UDID or IEEE
Mapping devices
Virtual networking
Host Ethernet Adapter
IPv6
Link Aggregation or EtherChannel devices
Virtual Ethernet adapters
Virtual local area networks
Shared Ethernet Adapters
Shared memory
Paging VIOS partition
Virtual I/O Server management
Virtual I/O Server command-line interface
Tivoli software
IBM Systems Director software
Scenarios
Scenario: Configuring a Virtual I/O Server without VLAN tagging
Scenario: Configuring a Virtual I/O Server using VLAN tagging
Scenario: Configuring Shared Ethernet Adapter failover
Scenario: Configuring Shared Ethernet Adapter failover with load sharing
Scenario: Configuring Network Interface Backup in AIX client logical partitions without VLAN tagging
Scenario: Configuring Multi-Path I/O for AIX client logical partitions
Planning
Planning for Virtual I/O Server and client logical partitions by using system plans
Specifications required to create the Virtual I/O Server
Limitations and restrictions of the Virtual I/O Server configuration
Capacity planning
Planning for virtual SCSI
Latency
Bandwidth
Sizing considerations
Planning for Shared Ethernet Adapters
Network requirements
Adapter selection
Processor allocation
Memory allocation
Configuration requirements for shared memory
Redundancy considerations
Client logical partitions
Multipath I/O
Mirroring for client logical partitions
PowerHA SystemMirror in the Virtual I/O Server
Link Aggregation or EtherChannel devices
Shared Ethernet Adapter failover
Shared Ethernet Adapters for load sharing
Virtual I/O Server logical partition
Multipathing
RAID
Link Aggregation or EtherChannel devices
Redundancy configuration using virtual Fibre Channel adapters
Security considerations
IBM i restrictions
Installing
Installing with an HMC Version 7, release 7.1, or later
Entering the activation code with HMC Version 7
Creating the Virtual I/O Server logical partition on an HMC managed system
Manually creating the Virtual I/O Server logical partition on an HMC managed system
Creating the Virtual I/O Server logical partition by deploying a system plan on an HMC POWER7 managed system
Installing the Virtual I/O Server from the HMC
Installing the Virtual I/O Server from CD or DVD
Finishing the installation
Viewing and accepting the license
Reinstalling the Virtual I/O Server
Migrating
Migrating the Virtual I/O Server from the HMC
Migrating the Virtual I/O Server from a downloaded image
Migrating the Virtual I/O Server from DVD
Configuring
Configuring virtual SCSI
Creating a virtual target device
Mapping to a physical or logical volume
Mapping to a file or logical volume
Mapping to a file-backed virtual optical device
Setting the reserve policy attributes of a device
Creating logical volume storage pools
Creating file storage pools
Creating the virtual media repository
Creating volume groups and logical volumes
Configure support for SCSI-2 reserve functions
Configure support to export the PPRC secondary disk to client partitions
Identifying exportable disks
Getting started with shared storage pools by using the VIOS command-line interface
Configuring the system to create shared storage pools
Managing a cluster by using the VIOS command line
Creating a cluster with a single Virtual I/O Server (VIOS) logical partition
Adding a Virtual I/O Server (VIOS) logical partition to a cluster
Removing a Virtual I/O Server (VIOS) logical partition from a cluster
Deleting a cluster
Managing storage pools by using the VIOS command line
Adding storage space to the storage pool
Adding physical volumes to the storage pool
Replacing physical volumes in the storage pool
Changing the storage threshold
Managing logical units by using the VIOS command line
Provisioning client partitions with logical unit storage
Creating logical units
Enabling the logical unit backed storage
Unmapping a logical unit
Removing logical units
Migrating a cluster configuration to the VIOS Version 2.2.1.0, or later
Getting started with shared storage pools by using the VIOS configuration menu
Managing a cluster by using the VIOS configuration menu
Creating a cluster
Listing all clusters
Deleting a cluster
Adding VIOS nodes to a cluster
Deleting VIOS nodes from a cluster
Listing VIOS nodes in a cluster
Managing storage pools by using the VIOS configuration menu
Listing storage pools in a cluster
Listing physical volumes in the storage pool
Adding storage space to the storage pool
Adding physical volumes to the storage pool
Replacing physical volumes in the storage pool
Listing physical volumes in the storage pool
Setting and modifying the storage pool threshold alert
Listing the threshold alert value of the storage pool
Changing the threshold alert value of the storage pool
Removing the threshold alert value of the storage pool
Managing logical units by using the VIOS configuration menu
Creating and mapping logical units
Creating logical units
Mapping logical units
Unmapping logical units
Unmapping logical units by logical unit name
Unmapping logical units by virtual server adapter name
Unmapping logical units by virtual target device name
Deleting a logical unit
Listing logical units
Listing logical unit maps
Creating a logical unit snapshot
Listing logical unit snapshots
Listing snapshots for a logical unit
Listing logical units in a snapshot
Listing all logical unit snapshots
Rolling back to the logical unit snapshot
Deleting a logical unit snapshot
Getting started with PowerSC Trusted Logging
Virtual log repositories
Virtual logs
Virtual log devices
Configuring the virtual log repository
Creating a virtual log
Listing virtual logs or virtual log devices
Reconfiguring virtual logs or virtual log devices
Removing virtual logs or virtual log devices
Live Partition Mobility of virtual log devices
Virtual log devices with shared storage pools
Benefits of using virtual log devices with shared storage pools
Using virtual log devices with shared storage pools
Getting started with PowerSC Trusted Firewall
Configuring virtual Ethernet
Creating a virtual Ethernet adapter by using HMC Version 7
Configuring a Shared Ethernet Adapter
Configuring a Link Aggregation or EtherChannel device
Assigning the virtual Fibre Channel adapter to a physical Fibre Channel adapter
Configuring the Tivoli agents and clients
Configuring the IBM Tivoli Monitoring agent
Configuring the IBM Tivoli Usage and Accounting Manager agent
Configuring the IBM Tivoli Storage Manager client
Configuring the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center agents
Configuring the IBM Director agent
Configuring the Virtual I/O Server as an LDAP client
Managing
Managing storage
Importing and exporting volume groups and logical volume storage pools
Importing
Exporting
Mapping virtual disks to physical disks
Increasing virtual SCSI device capacity
Changing the virtual SCSI queue depth
Backing up and restoring files and file systems
Managing storage using TPC
Managing networks
Changing the network configuration of the Virtual I/O Server logical partition
Dynamically adding or removing VLANs on the Virtual I/O Server
Enabling and disabling GVRP
Managing SNMP
Upgrading to IPv6
Subscribing to product updates
Updating the Virtual I/O Server
Backing up the Virtual I/O Server
Backing up to tape
Backing up to one or more DVDs
Backing up to a remote file system by creating a nim_resources.tar file
Backing up to a remote file system by creating a mksysb image
Backing up user-defined virtual devices
Backing up user-defined virtual devices by using the backupios command
Backing up user-defined virtual devices by using the viosbr command
Scheduling backups
By creating a script and crontab file entry
Using the viosbr command
Backing up by using Tivoli Storage Manager
Automated backup
Incremental backup
Restoring the Virtual I/O Server
Restoring from tape
Restoring from one or more DVDs
Restoring from the HMC using a nim_resources.tar file
Restoring from a NIM server using a mksysb file
Restoring user-defined virtual devices
Restoring user-defined virtual devices manually
Restoring user-defined virtual devices by using the viosbr command
Restoring using Tivoli Storage Manager
Installing or replacing a PCI adapter with the system power on in Virtual I/O Server
Shutting down logical partitions
Viewing information and statistics
Monitoring
Security
Connecting using OpenSSH
Configuring security hardening
Configuring firewall settings
Configuring a Kerberos client
Using role-based access control
Managing users
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting the Virtual I/O Server logical partition
Troubleshooting virtual SCSI problems
Correcting a failed Shared Ethernet Adapter configuration
Debugging problems with Ethernet connectivity
Enabling noninteractive shells
Recovering when disks cannot be located
Troubleshooting AIX client logical partitions
Performance data collection for analysis by the IBM Electronic Service Agent
Reference
Command descriptions
Configuration attributes for IBM Tivoli agents and clients
GVRP statistics
Network attributes
SEA failover statistics
SEA statistics
User types
Integrated Virtualization Manager
What is new
Partitioning with the Integrated Virtualization Manager
PDF file
Integrated Virtualization Manager PDF
System plans PDF
Planning
Supported server models for Integrated Virtualization Manager
Operating system support for logical partitions on POWER7 processor-based servers that are managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Planning for a server
IBM i restrictions
Installing
Installing the Integrated Virtualization Manager on IBM Power Systems
Installing the Integrated Virtualization Manager on BladeCenter
Finishing the installation
Connecting to the Integrated Virtualization Manager Web-based interface
Connecting to the Virtual I/O Server command-line interface
Configuring the management and client logical partitions
Entering the activation code with Integrated Virtualization Manager
Changing memory and processor resources on the management partition
Setting the maximum number of virtual resources
Mirroring the management partition
Configuring storage on the managed system
Creating storage pools
Creating virtual disks
Configuring virtual fibre channel on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Configuring virtual Ethernet on the managed system
Configuring virtual Ethernet bridges on the managed system
Assigning a Host Ethernet Adapter port to a logical partition
Dynamically managing physical adapters
Creating client logical partitions
Creating client logical partitions by using the Create Partitions wizard
Creating a partition based on an existing partition
Managing
Viewing and modifying system properties
Managing the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Defining the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Changing the shared memory pool size by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Adding or removing paging space devices by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Deleting the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Managing partitions
Activating logical partitions
Adding a client logical partition to the partition workload group
Deleting logical partitions
Dynamically managing memory
Dynamically managing physical adapters
Dynamically managing processing power
Modifying partition properties
Managing memory properties for shared memory partitions
Migrating a client logical partition to another managed system
Opening a virtual terminal session
Shutting down logical partitions
Using the operator panel service functions
Viewing or modifying the status of a migrating partition
Viewing partition reference codes
Managing storage devices
Creating virtual optical devices
Modifying virtual disks
Modifying storage pools
Modifying physical volumes
Modifying the virtual Fibre Channel on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Viewing virtual fibre channel connections for a partition on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Modifying optical devices
Modifying physical tape devices
Managing Ethernet
Changing the TCP/IP settings on the Virtual I/O Server
Creating a virtual Ethernet adapter
Viewing virtual Ethernet settings
Updating the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Migrating the Virtual I/O Server from DVD
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode through the Integrated Virtualization Manager with an Internet connection
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode through the Integrated Virtualization Manager without an Internet connection
Installing or replacing a PCI adapter with the sytem power on in Virtual I/O Server
Creating and modifying user accounts
User roles
Creating user accounts
Changing user properties
Changing password settings
Removing user accounts
Changing user passwords
Editing your user profile
Troubleshooting the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Activating the Electronic Service Agent on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Backing up and restoring partition data
Backing up virtual media and user files to tape
Restoring virtual media and user files from tape
Viewing application logs
Viewing application log properties
Monitoring tasks
Viewing hardware inventory
Recovering virtual optical device settings
Connecting an HMC to a system managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Live Partition Mobility
What's new in Live Partition Mobility
PDF file for Live Partition Mobility
Live Partition Mobility PDF
Hardware Management Console
Overview of partition mobility
Benefits of partition mobility
Process of partition mobility
Configuration validation for partition mobility
Logical partition attributes that change
Processor compatibility modes
Processor compatibility mode definitions
Current and preferred modes
Enhanced modes
Migration combinations of processor compatibility modes
Combinations for active partition mobility
Combinations for inactive partition mobility
Examples
Partition mobility environment
Source and destination servers
HMC
Source and destination Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Mobile partition
Software applications
Network configuration
Storage configuration
Basic storage configuration
Redundancy configurations
Preparing for partition mobility
Preparing the source and destination servers
Determining the available physical memory on the destination server
Determining the available I/O entitled memory on the destination server
Defining the partition profile policy for inactive partition mobility
Verifying the destination server for Active Memory Expansion
Verifying that the destination server supports suspend-capable partitions
Determining the reserved storage device size in the destination server
Verifying that the destination server supports Trusted Boot
Determining the trusted system key in the destination server
Determining the number of available VTPMs in the destination server
Verifying that the destination server supports migration of IBM i mobile partitions
Verifying that the destination server supports the restricted I/O mode
Verifying that the IBM i mobile partition is in the restricted I/O mode
Determining available processors on the destination server
Preparing the HMC
Verifying SSH authentication between the source and destination HMCs
Preparing the source and destination Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Enabling the source and destination mover service partitions
Verifying the paging space device
Synchronizing the time-of-day clocks
Preparing the mobile partition
Configuration requirements to migrate IBM i mobile partitions
Verifying RMC connections
Verifying the processor compatibility mode
Disabling redundant error-path reporting
Disabling virtual serial adapters
Removing the mobile partition from a partition workload group
Disabling BSR arrays
Disabling huge pages
Removing Host Ethernet Adapters
Preparing the network configuration
Configuring secure IP tunnels
Preparing the virtual SCSI configuration
Setting the reserve policy attributes of a device
Verifying the virtual adapter connections to the source Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Verifying that the mobile partition has access to its physical storage
Specifying a new name for a virtual target device to use on a destination VIOS partition
Preparing the virtual Fibre Channel configuration
Identifying the WWPNs that are assigned to a virtual Fibre Channel adapter
Verifying the virtual adapter connections to the source Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Validating the configuration for partition mobility
Moving the mobile partition
Moving the mobile partition with HMC
Adding the mobile partition to a partition workload group
Moving the suspended mobile partition with the HMC command-line interface
Resuming the suspended mobile partition with HMC
Shutting down the suspended mobile partition with HMC
Moving the mobile partition with SMIT
Troubleshooting partition mobility
Troubleshooting active partition mobility
Troubleshooting inactive partition mobility
Virtual I/O Server errors
Reference Code finder
Integrated Virtualization Manager
Overview of partition mobility
Benefits of partition mobility
Process of partition mobility
Configuration validation for partition mobility
Logical partition attributes that change
Processor compatibility modes
Processor compatibility mode definitions
Current and preferred modes
Enhanced modes
Migration combinations of processor compatibility modes
Combinations for active partition mobility
Combinations for inactive partition mobility
Combinations for earlier versions of the IVM
Examples
Partition mobility environment
Source and destination servers
IVM
Software applications
Network configuration
Storage configuration
Preparing for partition mobility
Preparing the source and destination servers
Determining the available physical memory on the destination server
Determining the available I/O entitled memory on the destination server
Determining available processors on the destination server
Preparing the source and destination management partitions
Verifying the paging space device
Preparing the mobile partition
Verifying the processor compatibility mode
Removing the mobile partition from a partition workload group
Preparing the network configuration
Configuring secure IP tunnels
Preparing the virtual SCSI configuration
Setting the reserve policy attributes of a device
Verifying that the mobile partition has access to its physical storage
Specifying a new name for a virtual target device to use on a destination management partition
Preparing the virtual Fibre Channel configuration
Verifying the number of available physical ports on the destination management partition
Validating the configuration for partition mobility
Moving the mobile partition
Reference Code finder
Virtual I/O Server and Integrated Virtualization Manager commands
What's new in Virtual I/O Server and Integrated Virtualization Manager commands
PDF file for the Virtual I/O Server and Integrated Virtualization Manager commands
Virtual I/O Server and Integrated Virtualization Manager commands PDF
Alphabetical list of commands
What's new in Virtual I/O Server and Integrated Virtualization Manager commands
activatevg command
alert command
alt_root_vg command
artexdiff Command
artexget Command
artexlist Command
artexmerge Command
artexset Command
backup command
backupios command
IVM bkprofdata command
bootlist command
cattracerpt command
cfgassist command
cfgdev command
cfglnagg command
cfgnamesrv command
cfgsvc command
chauth command
chbdsp command
chdate command
chdev command
chedition command
IVM chhwres command
chkdev command
chlang command
IVM chled command
IVM chlparutil command
chlv command
chpath command
chrep command
chrole command
chsp command
IVM chsvcevent command
IVM chsyscfg command
IVM chsysstate command
chtcpip command
chuser command
IVM chvet command
chvfilt command
chvg command
chvopt command
chvlog command
chvlrepo command
cleandisk command
cluster command
cl_snmp command
cplv command
cpvdi command
deactivatevg command
diagmenu command
dsmc command
entstat command
errlog command
exportvg command
extendlv command
extendvg command
fcstat command
fsck command
genvfilt command
hostmap command
hostname command
importvg command
installios command
invscout command
ioslevel Command
ldapadd command
ldapsearch command
ldfware command
license command
loadopt command
loginmsg command
IVM lpar_netboot command
IVM lpcfgop command
lsauth command
lsdev command
lsfailedlogin command
lsfware command
lsgcl command
IVM lshwres command
IVM lsled command
lslparinfo command
IVM lslparmigr command
IVM lslparutil command
lslv command
lsmap command
IVM lsmemdev command
lsnetsvc command
lsnports command
lspath command
lspv command
IVM lsrefcode command
lsrep command
lsrole command
lssecattr command
lssp command
lssvc command
IVM lssvcevents command
lssw command
IVM lssyscfg command
IVM lssysconn command
lstcpip command
lsuser command
IVM lsvet command
lsvfilt command
lsvg command
lsvlog command
lsvlrepo command
lsvopt command
migratepv command
IVM migrlpar command
mirrorios command
mkauth command
IVM mkauthkeys command
mkbdsp command
IVM mkgencfg command
mkkrb5clnt command
mkldap command
mklv command
mklvcopy command
mkpath command
mkrole command
mkrep command
mksp command
IVM mksvcevent command
IVM mksyscfg command
mktcpip command
mkuser command
mkvdev command
mkvfilt command
mkvg command
mkvlog command
mkvopt command
mkvt command
motd command
mount command
netstat command
oem_platform_level command
oem_setup_env command
optimizenet command
IVM os_install Command
passwd command
pdump command
ping command
postprocesssvc command
prepdev command
redefvg command
reducevg command
remote_management command
replphyvol command
restore command
restorevgstruct command
rmauth command
rmbdsp command
rmdev command
rmlv command
rmlvcopy command
rmpath command
rmrep command
rmrole command
rmsecattr command
rmsp command
IVM rmsyscfg command
rmtcpip command
rmuser command
rmvdev command
rmvfilt command
rmvlog command
rmvopt command
rmvt command
rolelist command
IVM rsthwres command
IVM rstprofdata command
save_base command
savevgstruct command
seastat command
setkst command
setsecattr command
showmount command
shutdown command
snap command
snapshot command
snmp_info command
snmp_trap command
snmpv3_ssw command
startnetsvc command
startsvc command
startsysdump command
starttrace command
stopnetsvc command
stopsvc command
stoptrace command
svmon command
swrole command
syncvg command
sysstat command
topas command
topasrec command
tracepriv command
traceroute command
uname command
unloadopt command
unmirrorios command
unmount command
updateios command
vasistat command
vfcmap command
viosbr command
viosecure command
viostat command
vlantfw command
vmstat command
wkldagent command
wkldmgr command
wkldout command
Categorical list of commands
Device commands
cfgdev command
chdev command
chkdev command
chpath command
cpvdi command
lsdev command
lsmap command
lsnports command
lspath command
mkkrb5clnt command
mkpath command
mkvdev command
prepdev command
rmdev command
rmpath command
rmvdev command
save_base command
snmpv3_ssw command
vfcmap command
Installation commands
bootlist command
cfgassist command
installios command
ioslevel Command
license command
lssw command
oem_platform_level command
oem_setup_env command
remote_management command
updateios command
IBM Systems Director agent commands
cfgsvc command
chedition command
lssvc command
postprocesssvc command
startsvc command
stopsvc command
IBM Tivoli Monitoring agent commands
cfgsvc command
lssvc command
postprocesssvc command
startsvc command
stopsvc command
IBM Tivoli Storage agent commands
cfgsvc command
dsmc command
postprocesssvc command
startsvc command
stopsvc command
IBM Tivoli Usage and Accounting Manager agent commands
cfgsvc command
lssvc command
postprocesssvc command
startsvc command
stopsvc command
IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center agent commands
cfgsvc command
lssvc command
postprocesssvc command
startsvc command
stopsvc command
Integrated Virtualization Manager commands
IVM bkprofdata command
IVM chhwres command
IVM chled command
IVM chlparutil command
IVM chsvcevent command
IVM chsyscfg command
IVM chsysstate command
IVM chvet command
IVM lpar_netboot command
IVM lpcfgop command
IVM lshwres command
IVM lsled command
IVM lslparmigr command
IVM lslparutil command
IVM lsmemdev command
IVM lsrefcode command
IVM lssvcevents command
IVM lssyscfg command
IVM lssysconn command
IVM lsvet command
IVM migrlpar command
IVM mkauthkeys command
IVM mkgencfg command
IVM mksvcevent command
IVM mksyscfg command
IVM os_install Command
IVM rmsyscfg command
IVM rsthwres command
IVM rstprofdata command
Logical volume commands
chlv command
cplv command
extendlv command
lslv command
mklv command
mklvcopy command
rmlv command
rmlvcopy command
Maintenance commands
backup command
backupios command
bootlist command
cattracerpt command
chdate command
chlang command
diagmenu command
errlog command
fsck command
fcstat command
invscout command
ldfware command
loginmsg command
lsfware command
lslparinfo command
motd command
mount command
pdump command
restore command
restorevgstruct command
savevgstruct command
shutdown command
showmount command
snap command
startsysdump command
starttrace command
stoptrace command
svmon command
sysstat command
topas command
topasrec command
unmount command
uname command
vasistat command
viosbr command
viostat command
vmstat command
Network commands
cfglnagg command
cfgnamesrv command
chtcpip command
cl_snmp command
entstat command
hostmap command
hostname command
lsnetsvc command
lstcpip command
mktcpip command
netstat command
optimizenet command
ping command
rmtcpip command
seastat command
snmp_info command
snmp_trap command
startnetsvc command
stopnetsvc command
traceroute command
Physical volume commands
lspv command
migratepv command
replphyvol command
Runtime Expert commands
artexdiff Command
artexget Command
artexlist Command
artexmerge Command
artexset Command
Security commands
chauth command
chrole command
lsauth command
lsfailedlogin command
lsgcl command
lsrole command
lssecattr command
mkauth command
mkrole command
rmauth command
rmrole command
rmsecattr command
rolelist command
setkst command
setsecattr command
swrole command
tracepriv command
viosecure command
Standard shell commands
Storage pool commands
chbdsp command
chsp command
lssp command
mkbdsp command
mksp command
rmbdsp command
rmsp command
User ID commands
chuser command
ldapadd command
ldapsearch command
lsuser command
mkldap command
mkuser command
passwd command
Virtual media repository commands
chrep command
chvopt command
loadopt command
lsrep command
lsvopt command
mkrep command
mkvopt command
rmrep command
rmvopt command
unloadopt command
Virtual terminals commands
mkvt command
rmvt command
Volume group commands
activatevg command
alt_root_vg command
chvg command
deactivatevg command
exportvg command
extendvg command
importvg command
lsvg command
mirrorios command
mkvg command
redefvg command
reducevg command
syncvg command
unmirrorios command
Workload manager commands
wkldagent command
wkldmgr command
wkldout command
Reading syntax diagrams
Exit status for Virtual I/O Server commands
Capacity on Demand
What's new in Capacity on Demand
PDF file for Capacity on demand
Capacity on demand
Capacity on Demand offerings
Preparing for Capacity on Demand
Capacity on Demand software licensing considerations
Determining when to activate resources
Processor sparing and memory sparing
Moving activations
Planning for Capacity on Demand
Setting up your environment for Capacity on Demand
Capacity Upgrade on Demand
Capacity Upgrade on Demand concepts
Capacity Upgrade on Demand processor cores and memory units
Capacity Upgrade on Demand activation codes
Ordering Capacity Upgrade on Demand activation features
Using Capacity Upgrade on Demand from ASMI
Activating Capacity Upgrade on Demand
Viewing settings for Capacity on Demand resources
Viewing and saving Capacity on Demand code-generation information
Trial Capacity on Demand
Trial Capacity on Demand concepts
Ordering Trial Capacity on Demand
Using Trial Capacity on Demand
Activating Trial Capacity on Demand
Stopping Trial Capacity on Demand
Returning Capacity on Demand resources
Entering a Capacity Upgrade on Demand activation while running Trial Capacity on Demand
Viewing settings for Trial Capacity on Demand resources
Viewing and saving Trial Capacity on Demand code-generation information
On/Off Capacity on Demand
On/Off Capacity on Demand concepts
On/Off Capacity on Demand processor days or memory days
On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement code
Billing for On/Off Capacity on Demand
Billing when changing a running On/Off Capacity on Demand request
Billing when testing your On/Off Capacity on Demand activations
Ordering On/Off Capacity on Demand
Using On/Off Capacity on Demand
Enabling On/Off Capacity on Demand
Activating On/Off Capacity on Demand
Establishing monthly reporting to IBM
Stopping an On/Off Capacity on Demand request
Changing a running On/Off Capacity on Demand request
Testing your On/Off Capacity on Demand activations
Discontinuing On/Off Capacity on Demand
Returning On/Off Capacity on Demand resources
Viewing settings for On/Off Capacity on Demand resources
Viewing and saving On/Off Capacity on Demand information
Utility Capacity on Demand
Utility Capacity on Demand concepts
Utility Capacity on Demand enablement code
Utility Capacity on Demand processor minutes
Utility Capacity on Demand billing features
Using Utility Capacity on Demand
Enabling Utility Capacity on Demand
Discontinuing Utility Capacity on Demand
Reporting Utility Capacity on Demand processor minutes
Paying for Utility Capacity on Demand processor minutes
Entering Utility CoD enablement codes and reporting codes
Reviewing used or reported processor minutes
Setting a usage limit on processor minutes
Obtaining the information needed to report processor minutes
Capacity BackUp
Processors available for Capacity BackUp
Software licensing considerations for Capacity BackUp
PowerVM Editions (PowerVM)
PowerVM Editions concepts
Ordering PowerVM Editions features
Using PowerVM Editions
Activating PowerVM Editions
Viewing history log for PowerVM Editions activations
Viewing and saving PowerVM Editions technologies code-generation information
Other Capacity on Demand Advanced Functions
Related information for Capacity on Demand
Unlocking the activation code interface
Managing devices
PDF file for Managing devices
Managing devices PDF
Managing tape drives
Tape drives
Tape drive media
Preparing the tape drive for installation
800/1600 GB Ultrium 4 SAS tape drive (FC 5746)
Eject button functions on the tape drive (FC 5746)
Status lights (FC 5746)
Tape cartridges (FC 5746)
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5746)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5746)
Maintenance mode (FC 5746)
Resetting the tape drive
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5746)
1.5/3.0 TB Ultrium 5 SAS tape drive (FC 5638)
Eject button functions on the tape drive (FC 5638)
Status lights (FC 5638)
Tape cartridges (FC 5638)
Setting the write-protect switch
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5638)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Maintenance mode (FC 5638)
Resetting the tape drive
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5638)
200/400 GB Half High Ultrium 2 tape drive (FC 5755)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5755)
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5755)
Status lights (FC 5755)
Tape cartridges (FC 5755)
Resetting the tape drive (FC 5755)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5755)
160/320 GB internal tape drive VXA-320 (FC 6279)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6120 and 6279)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6279)
Status lights (FC 6279)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 6120 or 6279)
Tape cartridges (FC 6279)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB internal tape drive VXA-2 (FC 6120)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6120 and 6279)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6120)
Status lights (FC 6120)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 6120 or 6279)
Tape cartridges (FC 6120)
Resetting the tape drive
60/150 GB 16-bit 8-mm internal tape drive (FC 6134)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6134)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6134)
Status lights (FC 6134)
Tape cartridges (FC 6134)
Resetting the tape drive
36/72 GB Data72 4 mm internal tape drive (FC 6258 or 5907)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6258 or 5907)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6258 or 5907)
Status lights (FC 6258 or 5907)
Tape cartridges (FC 6258 or 5907)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive (FC 5619)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5619)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5619)
Status lights (FC 5619)
Tape cartridges (FC 5619)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive (FC 1124)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 1124)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 1124)
Status lights (FC 1124)
Tape cartridges (FC 1124)
Resetting the tape drive
160/320 GB DAT320 SAS Tape Drive (FC 5661)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5661)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5661)
Status lights (FC 5661)
Tape cartridges (FC 5661)
Resetting the tape drive
160/320 GB DAT320 USB Tape Drive (FC 5673)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5673)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch
Status lights (FC 5673)
Tape cartridges (FC 5673)
Resetting the tape drive
Managing DVD drives
IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (FC 5756)
IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive (FC 5757)
SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (FC 5743)
SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive (FC 5762)
Handling and storing the DVD media
Opening a DVD tray manually
DVD-RAM type II disc
Managing diskette drives
External USB 1.44 MB diskette drive (FC 2591)
Managing disk devices
Managing removable disk drives
USB Removable Disk Drive (FC 1103, 1104, 1106, 1107, 1123)
Managing communications devices
LAN-Attached Remote Asynchronous Node 16 (model 7036-P16)
7036-P16 description and overview
Installing 7036-P16 hardware
Installing Digi RealPort software for the 7036-P16 device
Configuring the 7036-P16 device and tty
Configuring the 7036-P16 into the network
Using diagnostic aids for the 7036-P16
Replacing and reconfiguring the 7036-P16
Field replacement units for the 7036-P16
High-performance computing clusters using InfiniBand hardware
Working with operating systems and software applications
Installing AIX
Installing IBM i
Installing Linux
Troubleshooting, service and support
Beginning troubleshooting and problem analysis
PDF file for Beginning troubleshooting and problem analysis
Beginning troubleshooting and problem analysis PDF
Beginning problem analysis
AIX and Linux problem analysis
IBM i problem analysis
Problem analysis for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Isolating InfiniBand switch link errors for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Collecting data for InfiniBand switch errors for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Collecting data from the cluster systems management server for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Collecting data from the fabric management server for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Collecting data for Fast Fabric Health Check for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Capturing switch CLI output using a script command for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Light path diagnostics on Power Systems
Replacing FRUs using enclosure fault indicators
Service labels
Problem reporting form
Starting a repair action
Reference information for problem determination
Symptom index
IBM i server or IBM i partition symptoms
AIX server or AIX partition symptoms
MAP 0410: Repair checkout
Linux server or Linux partition symptoms
Linux fast-path problem isolation
Linux problem isolation procedure
Detecting problems
IBM i problem determination procedures
Searching the service action log
Using the product activity log
Using the problem log
Problem determination procedure for AIX or Linux servers or partitions
System unit problem determination
Management console machine code problems
Viewing the management console logs
Problem determination procedures
Disk drive module power-on self-tests
SCSI card power-on self-tests
7031-D24 or 7031-T24 disk-drive enclosure LEDs
7031-D24 or 7031-T24 maintenance analysis procedures
MAP 2010: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 START
MAP 2020: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 Power
MAP 2022: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 Power-on
MAP 2030: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 power control
MAP 2340: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 SCSI bus
MAP 2410: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 repair verification
Analyzing problems
Problems with loading and starting the operating system (AIX and Linux)
PFW1540: Problem isolation procedures
PFW1542: I/O problem isolation procedure
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure when a management console is attached
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure without a management console attached
Problems with noncritical resources
Intermittent problems
About intermittent problems
General intermittent problem checklist
Analyzing intermittent problems
Intermittent symptoms
Failing area intermittent isolation procedures
IPL problems
Cannot perform IPL from the control panel (no SRC)
Cannot perform IPL at a specified time (no SRC)
Cannot automatically perform an IPL after a power failure
Power problems
Cannot power on system unit
Power isolation procedures
Cannot power on SPCN-controlled I/O expansion unit
Cannot power off system or SPCN-controlled I/O expansion unit
PWR1911
Reference codes
Reference codes that begin with a number sign (#)
Failing function codes, failing items, and symbolic FRUs
PDF file for failing function codes, failing items, and symbolic FRUs
Failing function codes, failing items, and symbolic FRUs PDF
Failing function codes
Failing items
Symbolic FRUs
Isolation procedures
HSL/RIO 12X isolation procedures
Bus, high-speed link (HSL/RIO/12X) isolation information
PCI bus isolation using AIX, Linux, or the management console
Verifying a high-speed link, system PCI bus, or a multi-adapter bridge repair
Analyzing a 12X or PCI bus reference code
DSA translation
Card positions
Converting the loop number to 12X port location labels
HSL loop configuration and status form
Installed features in a PCI bridge set form
RIO/HSL/12X link status diagnosis form
CONSL01
RIOIP01
RIOIP06
RIOIP08
RIOIP09
RIOIP10
RIOIP11
RIOIP12
RIOIP56
Multi-adapter bridge isolation procedures
MABIP02
MABIP03
MABIP05
MABIP50
MABIP51
MABIP52
MABIP53
MABIP54
MABIP55
MABIP56
MABIP57
Communication isolation procedure
COMIP01, COMPIP1
Disk unit isolation procedure
DSKIP03
Intermittent isolation procedures
INTIP03
INTIP05
INTIP07
INTIP08
INTIP09
INTIP14
INTIP16
INTIP18
INTIP20
INTIP24
I/O processor isolation procedures
IOPIP01
Using the product activity log
IOPIP13
IOPIP16
IOPIP17
IOPIP18
IOPIP19
IOPIP20
IOPIP21
IOPIP22
IOPIP23
IOPIP25
IOPIP26
IOPIP27
IOPIP28
IOPIP29
IOPIP30
IOPIP31
IOPIP32
IOPIP33
IOPIP34
IOPIP40
IOPIP41
Licensed Internal Code isolation procedures
LICIP01
LICIP03
LICIP04
LICIP07
LICIP08
LICIP11
LICIP12
LICIP13
LICIP14
LICIP15
LICIP16
Logical partition isolation procedure
LPRIP01
Operations console isolation procedures
OPCIP03
Power isolation procedures
Power problems
Cannot power on system unit
Cannot power off system or SPCN-controlled I/O expansion unit
Cannot power on SPCN-controlled I/O expansion unit
IQYDBPL
IQYPLNR
IQYRIEA
IQYRIEB
IQYRIRR
IQYRISC
IQYRISE
IQYRISJ
IQYRISK
IQYRISM
IQYRISQ
IQYRISR
IQYRISS
IQYRISU
IQYRISZ
PWR1900
PWR1904
PWR1905
PWR1907
PWR1909
PWR1911
PWR1912
PWR1917
PWR1918
PWR1920
PWR2402
Router isolation procedures
RTRIP01
RTRIP02
RTRIP03
RTRIP04
RTRIP05
RTRIP06
RTRIP07
RTRIP08
Serial-attached SCSI isolation procedures
SIP3110
SIP3111
SIP3112
SIP3113
SIP3120
SIP3121
SIP3130
SIP3131
SIP3132
SIP3134
SIP3140
SIP3141
SIP3142
SIP3143
SIP3144
SIP3145
SIP3146
SIP3147
SIP3148
SIP3149
SIP3150
SIP3152
SIP3153
SIP3250
SIP3254
SIP3290
SIP3295
SIP4040
SIP4041
SIP4044
SIP4047
SIP4049
SIP4050
SIP4052
SIP4053
SIP4140
SIP4141
SIP4144
SIP4147
SIP4149
SIP4150
SIP4152
SIP4153
Service processor isolation procedures
FSPSP01
FSPSP02
FSPSP03
FSPSP04
FSPSP05
FSPSP06
FSPSP07
FSPSP09
FSPSP10
FSPSP11
FSPSP12
FSPSP14
FSPSP16
FSPSP17
FSPSP18
FSPSP20
FSPSP22
FSPSP23
FSPSP24
FSPSP25
FSPSP27
FSPSP28
FSPSP29
FSPSP30
FSPSP31
FSPSP32
FSPSP33
FSPSP34
FSPSP35
FSPSP36
FSPSP38
FSPSP42
FSPSP45
FSPSP46
FSPSP47
FSPSP48
FSPSP49
FSPSP50
FSPSP51
FSPSP52
FSPSP54
FSPSP55
FSPSP56
FSPSP57
FSPSP58
FSPSP59
FSPSP60
FSPSP61
FSPSP62
FSPSP63
FSPSP64
FSPSP65
FSPSP66
FSPSP67
FSPSP68
FSPSP70
FSPSP71
FSPSP73
FSPSP75
FSPSP79
FSPSPC1
FSPSPD1
Tape unit isolation procedures
TUPIP03
TUPIP04
TUPIP06
Tape unit self-test procedure
Tape device ready conditions
Twinaxial workstation I/O processor isolation procedure
TWSIP01
Workstation adapter isolation procedure
WSAIP01
Workstation adapter console isolation procedure
Isolating problems on servers that run AIX or Linux
MAP 0210: General problem resolution
Problems with loading and starting the operating system (AIX and Linux)
SCSI service hints
MAP 0020
MAP 0030
MAP 0040
MAP 0050
Preparing for hot-plug SCSI device or cable deconfiguration
After hot-plug SCSI device or cable deconfiguration
MAP 0054
MAP 0070
MAP 0220
MAP 0230
MAP 0235
MAP 0260
MAP 0270
MAP 0280
MAP 0285
MAP 0291
MAP 4040
MAP 4041
MAP 4044
MAP 4047
MAP 4049
MAP 4050
MAP 4052
MAP 4053
MAP 4140
MAP 4141
MAP 4144
MAP 4147
MAP 4149
MAP 4150
MAP 4152
MAP 4153
MAP 5000
MAP 5001
PFW1540: Problem isolation procedures
PFW1542: I/O problem isolation procedure
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure when a management console is attached
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure without a management console attached
SAS fabric identification
SAS RAID configurations
IBM i service functions
PDF files for IBM i service functions
IBM i service functions
Dedicated service tools
System paging environments
Stand-alone paging (nonpaging)
Limited paging
Full paging
Accessing dedicated service tools
Performing an IPL to dedicated service tools
Using the System Request Key
Selecting function 21 from the control panel
Performing an alternate IPL to DST (type D IPL)
Changing user IDs
Changing a service tools user ID
Resetting QSECOFR service tools user ID
Using function keys in dedicated service tools
Exiting dedicated service tools
DST options
Installing Licensed Internal Code
Installing the operating system
Perform an IPL
Work with Licensed Internal Code
Work with disk units
Work with disk configuration
Display disk configuration
Work with ASP threshold
Work with ASP configuration
Work with mirrored protection
Work with device parity protection
Work with disk compression
Work with hot spare protection
Work with encryption
Work with disk unit recovery
Disk unit problem recovery procedures
Using hot spare device parity protection
Concepts for using device parity protection with hot spare disk units
Include hot spare disk units in your partition
Costs and limitations of device parity protection with hot spare disk units
Planning for hot spare device parity protected disk units
Setting up hot spare device parity protected disk units
Starting device parity protection with hot spare protection
Starting hot spare protection
Managing hot spare device parity protected disk units
Stopping hot spare protection
Determining which parity sets are hot spare protected
Displaying hot spare status
Troubleshooting hot spare device parity protection
Work with dedicated service tools environment
Work with active service tools
Work with system devices
Work with service tools user IDs
Work with system values
Work with alternate installation device
Select DST console mode
Start a service tool
Display/Alter/Dump
Licensed Internal Code log
Licensed Internal Code trace
Hardware service manager
Main storage dump manager
Product activity log
Operator panel functions
Performance data collector
Work with communications trace
Starting a trace
Communications trace limitations
SDLC communications trace considerations
LAN communications trace considerations
Perform automatic installation of the operating system
Save Licensed Internal Code
Work with save storage and restore storage
Work with remote service support
Allowing access for remote service support
Activating remote service support
Work with system partitions
Work with system capacity
Work with system security
End batch restricted state
Hardware service manager
Hardware service manager options
Packaging hardware resources
Logical hardware resources
Locate resource by name
Failed and non-reporting resources
System Power Control Network
Work with service action log
Display label location work sheet
Device concurrent maintenance
Work with resources containing cache battery packs
Collecting information and performing functions from the hardware service manager displays
Change resource details
Concurrent maintenance
Create frame information
Debug the resource
Display address
Display associated resources
Display card gap information
Display failed resources
Display hardware contained within package
Display location
Display non-reporting resources
Display resources associated with IOP
Display resource details
Display resources requiring attention
Display resource status
Display serial/part numbers, logical address, and status/resource name information
Display system bus resources
Display system information
Display unresolved locations
Print
Refresh the display
Remove non-reporting resource information
Reserve frame space
Using high-speed link specific options
Display detail
Display system information
Display port information
Resources associated with loop
Verify resources
Symbols on the hardware service manager displays
Printing the system configuration list
Verification procedures
Hardware service manager Verify option
Verifying optical storage unit
Verifying tape
Verifying communications
Product activity log
Service action log
Product activity log location
Recovering from product activity log errors while in DST
Paging environment
Options for the product activity log
Analyze log
Display or print by log ID
Changing product activity log sizes
Working with removable media lifetime statistics
Displaying or printing removable media session statistics
Reference code description
Function keys for the product activity log
Sort by ... function
Address information function
View description function
Hexadecimal product activity log data
Interpreting product activity log reports
Considerations when interpreting product activity log reports
Resource name
Resource type, model, and location
Class
System reference code field
Multiple SRC entries
Logical address format
Sequence number
Secondary code
Table ID
IPL source/state
Hexadecimal report
Examples: Obtaining additional information from hexadecimal reports
Service reference procedures
Setting the system date and time
Determining the dominant operating system
System password
System unique identifier
Primary consoles or alternative consoles
Locating the system's load source from the system console
History file
Low-level debug and data collecting procedures
Displaying data for functions 63 and 64
Logical partitions
Examples: Missing or non-reporting system bus resources
Accessing the control panel functions of a logical partition
cluster command
Determining whether an expansion unit is configured as switchable under OptiConnect
Determining the power controlling and current logical system ownership of an expansion unit
Determining the resource name and HSL loop number of an HSL I/O bridge
Switching ownership of an expansion unit's switchable resources
Switching the mode of an expansion unit's switchable resources
Adding expansion units to a large configuration with SPCN firmware update control
Control panel functions
Values for IPL types, system operating modes, and speeds
Accessing the control panel functions
Service extended control panel functions
Using Sub-functions
Functions 50 to 54–Reserved CE functions
Function 55–Platform dump override
Functions 56 to 62–Reserved
Low-level debug panel functions
Function 63–System status SRC trace
Function 64–Diagnostic status SRC trace
Function 65–Deactivate remote service
Function 66–Activate remote service
Function 67–Disk unit IOP reset/reload
Function 68–Concurrent maintenance – power off
Function 69–Concurrent maintenance – power on
Function 70–IOP dump
Functions 71 to 99–reserved
System reference code information
SRC formats
Word 1 - SRC general information
Word 2 - System status information
Main Storage Dump Indicator (M)
IPL State Indicator (I)
IPL Type Last Initiated Indicator (G)
System reference codes
Displaying system reference codes
System reference code format descriptions
Hardware SRC formats
Licensed Internal Code detected problem reference code formats
IPL status SRCs
Initial program load information
IPL type, mode, and speed options
Methods to perform IPL
Alternate installation IPL
Platform IPL sequence
Service processor initialization
Licensed Internal Code initialization
Log entries
Status SRCs
Licensed Internal Code
Fixes and cumulative PTF packages
Displaying Licensed Internal Code fixes
Utilities to install and restore IBM i Licensed Internal Code
Utility to install Licensed Internal Code
Utility to restore Licensed Internal Code
Authorized program analysis report
System architecture and configuration
System power overview
Power supply
Battery power unit
System power control network
SPCN menu flow
Fields on the System Power Control Network display
Display Detail option
Fields on the Display detail for Frame display
Fields on the Display Detail for Unit display
High-speed link and remote I/O
Multi-adapter bridge
Resource names
Hardware configuration restrictions
Communications card, cable, and wrap connector reference
Communications signal voltage levels
Working with storage dumps
Automatic main storage dump
Performing a main storage dump to disk
Copying a main storage dump
Working with current main storage dump
Working with copies of main storage dumps
Main storage dump status
Error recovery for dumps
Performing a service processor dump
Copying the IOP storage dump to removable media
Performing an IOP dump
IOP dump information in the product activity log
IBM i operating system
Dedicated service tools in IBM i full paging environment
Dedicated service tools in IBM i limited paging environment
System service tools
Accessing system service tools
System service tools options
Start a service tool
Work with active service tools
Work with disk units
Work with system partitions
Work with system capacity
Work with system security
Work with service tools user IDs
SST function keys
IBM i online problem analysis and resolution
IBM i system-detected problems
Problem log
Messages relating to hardware failures
Customer-detected problems
Service support facility
Displaying IBM i PTFs
IBM i or Licensed Internal Code APAR
How to reset an I/O processor card while the system is running
Varying configuration descriptions on and off
Commonly used IBM i service commands
Work with System Value (WRKSYSVAL) command
Service attributes (DSPSRVA or CHGSRVA) commands
ANZPRBAUTO
CRITMSGUSR
RPTPRBAUTO
RPTSRVPVD
SNDDTAPKT
PTFINSTYP
Change Transmit Level (CHGXMTLVL) command
Work with Hardware Products (WRKHDWPRD) command
Using the configuration description label information to prepare for a system upgrade
Using the configuration description label information after a system upgrade
Verify commands
Verify communications
Performing the verify communications procedure
Test descriptions
Remote modem test
Local modem test
Communications cable test
Communications I/O adapter test
Communications I/O processor test
Communications I/O processor memory test
Communications port A modem and coupler test
External ring test
Communications and, or Local Area Network (LAN) link test
Wireless network management utility
Wireless echo back test
2620/2628 cryptographic processor card test
2620/2628 cryptographic processor card wrap test
2620/2628 external cryptographic hardware tests
LocalTalk interface test
Communications tests
Wireless LAN adapter card indicators
Communications interface trace
Concurrent LPDA-2 tests
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
Removing and replacing FRUs
Disk drive backplane
PDF file for Disk drive backplane
Disk drive backplane PDF
Removing and replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing the disk drive backplane
Replacing the disk drive backplane
Disk drives or solid-state drives for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
PDF file for Disk drives
Disk drives PDF
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Solid-state drives
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in an 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the Linux system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the IBM i system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Removing the disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the Linux system or logical partition power turned on
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C or an expansion unit controlled by IBM i
Removing a disk drive by using hot-spare in an IBM i system or logical partition from 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power to the Linux system or logical partition turned on
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the IBM i system or logical partition power turned on
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C using hot-spare in an IBM i system or logical partition
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Removing or installing the external SAS port
Removing the external SAS port from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Installing the external SAS port in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Replacing the external SAS port in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Internal disk drive sharing on an 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Removing or installing a disk drive filler
Removing a disk drive filler from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a disk drive filler in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing or installing a disk-drive bezel
Removing a disk-drive bezel from a drive or filler for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a disk-drive bezel in a drive or filler for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Disk drive locations and service indicators
PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter locations
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Disk-drive locations and service indicators for the 5802 expansion unit
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 SCSI disk-drive enclosures
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 5886 disk drive enclosure
Disk-drive locations and service indicators for the 5887 disk drive enclosure
Solid-state drive locations and service indicators for the 5888 PCIe storage enclosure
Related tasks for disk drives or solid-state drives
Preparing a disk drive or solid-state drive for use in an AIX system or logical partition
Preparing to remove a disk drive or solid-state drive from a system or an expansion unit controlled by AIX
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive by using AIX
Preparing to remove a disk drive in a Linux system
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive or solid-state drive in a system or logical partition running Linux
Preparing to remove a disk drive or solid-state drive from a system or logical partition controlled by IBM i
Determining the IBM i disk drive or solid-state drive protection status
Configuring a disk drive or solid-state drive in an IBM i system or logical partition
Configuring a disk drive or solid-state drive on a load source adapter for hot spare by using the IBM i operating system
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive or solid-state drive by using IBM i
Replacing a SAS conduit card in a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Removing a SAS conduit card from a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Replacing a SAS expander card in a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Removing a SAS expander card from a 5802 expansion unit with power turned off
Fans and fan cages
What's new in Fans and fan cages
PDF file for Fans and fan cages
Fans and fan cages PDF
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C front fans
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C front fans
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C fan cages
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C fan cages
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C middle fans
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C middle fans
GX adapters
PDF file for GX adapters
GX adapters PDF
Installing GX adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing GX adapters from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing GX adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Host Ethernet Adapters
PDF file for Host Ethernet Adapters
Host Ethernet Adapters PDF
Removing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B Host Ethernet Adapter with the power off
Replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B Host Ethernet Adapter with the power off
Cable information for Host Ethernet Adapter
Dual-port 10 Gb HEA daughter card (copper) (FC 1826)
Media devices
PDF file for Media devices
Media devices for PDF
Removing and installing media devices in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a SAS media device from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a SAS media device in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a Slimline media device from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a Slimline media device in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on by using AIX diagnostics
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on by using AIX diagnostics
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on in IBM i
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on in IBM i
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the Virtual I/O Server or logical partition power on
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the Virtual I/O Server or logical partition power on
Removing a universal serial bus device
Installing a universal serial bus device
Installing an external USB docking station and removable disk drive with power on
Memory
PDF file for memory in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Memory PDF
Installing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Memory riser placement and memory module balancing
Removing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
PCI adapters
Installing, removing, and replacing PCI adapters
PDF file for PCI adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Installing PCI adapters PDF
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C PCI adapter
Installing a PCI adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing a PCI adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapters
Installing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing and replacing the tailstock on a PCI adapter
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C expansion riser
Installing an expansion riser in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing an expansion riser from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing an expansion riser in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Model 5796 expansion units, PCI adapters and cassettes for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the system with the power off
Replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in the system with the power off
PCI adapter single-width cassette
Placing a PCI adapter in a single-width cassette
Placing a 4-Port USB PCI Express Adapter in a single-width cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter single-width cassette
PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Placing an adapter in the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Model 5802 and 5877 expansion units, PCI adapters, and cassettes
Preparing to install, remove, or replace a PCI adapter cassette
Installing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette
Installing a PCI adapter cassette
Installing with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the expansion unit
Removing with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter cassette
Replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the expansion unit with the power off
PCI adapter single-width and double-width cassettes
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter single-width cassette
Placing a PCI adapter in a single-width cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Placing an adapter in the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Related procedures for installing and removing PCI adapters for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Before you begin
Identifying a failing part for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Control panel LEDs
Identifying a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in an IBM i system or logical partition
Activating the failing-part indicator light
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Finding the location code of a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Locating a failing part in a Virtual I/O Server system or logical partition
Identifying a part by using the Virtual I/O Server
Safety notices
Handling static-sensitive devices
Shutting down logical partitions
Updating the worldwide port name for a new 2766, 2787, 280E, 5735, 576B, or 5774 IOA.
PCI-X double-wide, quad-channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Controller (FC 5739, 5778, 5781, 5782; CCIN 571F, 575B)
PCI-X DDR 1.5 GB cache SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5904 and 5908; CCIN 572F and 575C)
Power supplies
PDF file for Power supplies
Power supplies PDF
Installing a redundant power supply in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power turned off
Installing a redundant power supply in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power turned on
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned off
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned on
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned off
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned on
Power supply LEDs
SAS RAID enablement and cache battery pack
What's new in SAS RAID enablement
PDF file for SAS RAID enablement
SAS RAID enablement
Installing the Storage Backplane - 6 SFF Bays/SATA DVD (FC 5618)
Installing the 3x3 split-drive bays no RAID 5/6 support (FC 5631)
Installing the 3x3 split-drive bays no RAID 5/6 support (FC EJ02)
Installing the Storage Backplane - 8 SFF Bays/175MB RAID/Dual IOA (FC 5630 and FC EJ01)
Removing and replacing SAS RAID adapters and batteries
Removing the RAID enablement card
Replacing the RAID enablement card
Removing the RAID/cache storage controller
Replacing the RAID/cache storage controller
Removing and replacing the cache battery card
Removing and replacing a cache battery pack
Removing and replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing the disk drive backplane
Replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system backplane
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B SAS subsystem service considerations
Service considerations for the cache battery pack
System backplane
PDF file for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C System backplane
System backplane PDF
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system backplane
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
System processor modules
PDF file for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system processor modules
System processor modules PDF
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system processor modules
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system processor modules
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system processor modules
Time-of-day battery
PDF file for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C time-of-day battery
Time-of-day battery PDF
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C time-of-day battery
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C time-of-day battery
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C time-of-day battery
Vital product data card
PDF file for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C vital product data card
Vital product data card PDF
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C vital product data card
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C vital product data card
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C vital product data card
Voltage regulator modules
PDF file for voltage regulator modules
Voltage regulator modules PDF
Processor voltage regulator module for the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
Installing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B processor voltage regulator module
Removing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B processor voltage regulator module
Replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B processor voltage regulator module
Memory voltage regulator module for the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
Removing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B memory voltage regulator module
Replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B memory voltage regulator module
Common service procedures
Starting a repair action
Powering on and powering off a system
Primary consoles or alternative consoles
Determining whether the system has logical partitions
Separating the 571F/575B card set and moving the cache directory card
Determining which processor is the secondary service processor
System reference code format description
System reference code information
Determining system reference code address formats
Hardware system reference code formats
Logical address format
Problem reference code formats detected by Licensed Internal Code
Searching the service action log
Problems with noncritical resources
Using the product activity log
System service tools
Working with a communications trace
Hexadecimal product activity log data
Examples: Obtaining additional information from hexadecimal reports
Reclaiming I/O processor cache storage
Dedicated service tools
Accessing dedicated service tools
Selecting function 21 from the control panel
Control panel function codes on the Hardware Management Console
Performing an IPL to dedicated service tools
Performing an alternate IPL to DST (type D IPL)
Starting a service tool
IPL type, mode, and speed options
Printing the system configuration list and details of the system bus, main storage, or processor
Hardware service manager
Managing the Advanced System Management Interface
Accessing the Advanced System Management Interface
Accessing the Advanced System Management Interface by using a web browser
Accessing the Advanced System Management Interface by using an ASCII terminal
Accessing the Advanced System Management Console Interface using a management console
Displaying error and event logs
Setting the system enclosure type
Setting the system identifiers
Displaying vital product data
Clearing all deconfiguration errors
Service functions
Working with storage dumps
Managing dumps
Performing dumps
Performing a platform system dump
Performing a system dump by using the management console
Performing a system dump using the control panel
Performing a system dump using the Advanced System Management Interface
Performing a service processor dump
Performing a service processor dump using the management console
Performing a service processor dump using the control panel
Performing a service processor dump using the Advanced System Management Interface
Copying a dump
Copying a dump by using a management console
Copying a dump by using an AIX command
Copying a dump by using a Linux command
Copying a dump by using IBM i service tools
Reporting a dump
Reporting a dump by using a management console
Reporting a dump by using an AIX command
Reporting a dump by using a Linux command
Reporting a main storage dump, a platform system dump, or an SP dump by using the IBM i service tools
Deleting a dump
Deleting a dump by using a management console
Deleting a dump using an AIX command
Deleting a dump by using a Linux command
Deleting a dump by using the IBM i service tools
Performing an IBM i main storage dump
Performing an IBM i main storage dump by using the Hardware Management Console
Performing an IBM i main storage dump by using the control panel
Performing a slow boot
Performing a slow boot by using the Hardware Management Console
Performing a slow boot using the control panel
Performing a slow boot by using the Advanced System Management Interface menus
Determining the primary or alternate console
Primary console workstation requirements
Finding the primary console when the system is operational
Finding the primary console when the system power is off
Resetting the service processor
Resetting the managed system connection from the management console
Checking for a duplicate IP address
Disk drive
Replacing the disk drive nonconcurrently
Replacing the disk drive using AIX
Replacing the disk drive using IBM i
Replacing the disk drive using Linux
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive by using Linux
PCI adapter
Removing and replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in an AIX partition that is powered on
Removing and replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in a Linux partition that is powered on
Prerequisites for hot-plugging PCI adapters in a Linux partition
Verifying that the hot-plug PCI tools are installed on the Linux partition
Removing and replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in an IBM i partition that is powered on
Preparing for hot-plug SCSI device or cable deconfiguration
Powering off an expansion unit
Powering on an expansion unit
After hot-plug SCSI device or cable deconfiguration
Verifying a repair
Verifying the repair in AIX
Verifying a repair by using an IBM i system or logical partition
Verifying the repair in Linux
Verifying the repair from the management console
Activating and deactivating LEDs
Gathering and uploading system configuration information
Closing a service call
Closing a service call by using AIX or Linux
Closing a service call by using Integrated Virtualization Manager
HMC 7042-CR4, 7042-CR5, 7042-CR6, 7042-C06, 7042-C07, and 7042-C08 service
PDF file for HMC 7042-CR4, 7042-CR5, 7042-CR6, 7042-C06, 7042-C07, and 7042-C08 service
HMC 7042-CR4, 7042-CR5, 7042-CR6, 7042-C06, 7042-C07, and 7042-C08 service PDF
HMC operations
Diagnostics
Removal and replacement procedures
HMC 7042-CR4, 7042-CR5, 7042-CR6, 7042-C06, 7042-C07, and 7042-C08 Parts
Cabling the HMC
Troubleshooting the HMC
Correcting a No connection state for a managed system
Correcting an Incomplete state for a managed system
Correcting a Recovery state for a managed system
Recovering partition data on a managed system
Restoring profile data
Correcting an Error state for a managed system
Correcting a Failed Authentication state for a managed system
Correcting a connection problem between the HMC and a managed system
Resetting the managed system connection from the HMC
Resetting the service processor
HMC and system powering on and powering off procedures
Reinstalling the HMC machine code
Backup partition profiles
Restoring critical HMC data
Setting up the network interface as a startup device
Upgrading the machine code on an HMC from Version 6 to Version 7
HMC problem analysis
Replacing an HMC
Verifying that your HMC DHCP private network is configured correctly
Backing up critical HMC data
Determining your HMC machine code version and release
Preparing for HMC configuration
Shutting down, logging off, and disconnecting the HMC
Diagnostics and service aids
General diagnostic information
Preparing to run the online and stand-alone hardware diagnostics
Running the online diagnostics
Running the online diagnostics in concurrent mode
Running the online diagnostics in maintenance mode
Running the online diagnostics in service mode
Running online diagnostics in service mode with a management console attached
Running online diagnostics in service mode without a management console attached
Running the stand-alone hardware diagnostics
Running stand-alone diagnostics from CD on a server without a management console attached
Running stand-alone diagnostics from CD on a server with a management console attached
Running stand-alone diagnostics from a Network Installation Management server
Tasks and service aids
Component and attention LEDs
SAS RAID controllers for AIX
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for AIX
PDF file for SAS RAID controllers for AIX
SAS RAID controllers for AIX PDF
SAS RAID controllers for AIX overview
Feature comparison of SAS RAID cards
PCI-X SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe2 SAS RAID card comparison
SAS architecture
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
RAID 0
RAID 5
RAID 6
RAID 10
Disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Stripe-unit size
Valid states for hdisks and pdisks
States for disk arrays (hdisks)
States for physical disks (pdisks)
pdisk descriptions
Auxiliary write cache
Auxiliary write cache adapter
Installing the auxiliary write cache
Viewing link status information
Controller software
Controller software verification
Common controller and disk array management tasks
Using the Disk Array Manager
Preparing disks for use in SAS disk arrays
Creating a disk array
Migrating an existing disk array to a new RAID level
Viewing the disk array configuration
Deleting a disk array
Adding disks to an existing disk array
Using hot spare disks
Creating hot spare disks
Deleting hot spare disks
Viewing IBM SAS disk array settings
Viewing IBM SAS pdisk settings
Viewing pdisk vital product data
Viewing controller SAS addresses
Controller SAS address attributes
System software allocations for SAS controllers
Viewing system software allocations for SAS controllers
Changing system software allocations for SAS controllers
Drive queue depth
Changing the drive queue depth
AIX command-line interface
Considerations for Solid-state drives (SSDs)
Multi-initiator and high availability
Possible HA configurations
Controller functions
Controller function attributes
Viewing HA controller attributes
HA cabling considerations
HA performance
HA access optimization
HA access characteristics within List SAS Disk Array Configuration
Configuration and serviceability considerations for HA RAID configurations
Installing high availability
Installing an HA single-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system RAID configuration
Functions requiring special attention in an HA two-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system JBOD configuration
SAS RAID controller maintenance
Updating the SAS RAID controller microcode
Changing pdisks to hdisks
Maintaining the rechargeable battery on the 57B7, 57CF, 574E, and 572F/575C SAS adapters
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Error state
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing a battery pack
Replacing a 572B nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 572F/575C card set concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 574E concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57B7 concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57CF cache battery pack
Replacing a 2BD9 or 2BE1 nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Separating the 572F/575C card set and moving the cache directory card
Replacing the cache directory card
Replacing pdisks
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Viewing SAS fabric path information
Example: Using SAS fabric path information
Problem determination and recovery
SAS resource locations
Showing physical resource attributes
Disk array problem identification
Service request numbers
Controller maintenance analysis procedures
Examining the hardware error log
MAP 3100
MAP 3110
MAP 3111
MAP 3112
MAP 3113
MAP 3120
MAP 3121
MAP 3130
MAP 3131
MAP 3132
MAP 3133
MAP 3134
MAP 3135
MAP 3140
MAP 3141
MAP 3142
MAP 3143
MAP 3144
MAP 3145
MAP 3146
MAP 3147
MAP 3148
MAP 3149
MAP 3150
MAP 3152
MAP 3153
MAP 3190
MAP 3210
MAP 3211
MAP 3212
MAP 3213
MAP 3220
MAP 3221
MAP 3230
MAP 3231
MAP 3232
MAP 3233
MAP 3234
MAP 3235
MAP 3240
MAP 3241
MAP 3242
MAP 3243
MAP 3244
MAP 3245
MAP 3246
MAP 3247
MAP 3248
MAP 3249
MAP 3250
MAP 3252
MAP 3253
MAP 3254
MAP 3260
MAP 3261
MAP 3290
MAP 3295
Finding a service request number from an existing AIX error log
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
PDF files for SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i PDF
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
Feature comparison of SAS RAID cards
PCI-X SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe2 SAS RAID card comparison
SAS architecture
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
RAID 5
RAID 6
System mirroring
Disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Controller software
Verifying the controller software
Common controller and disk array management tasks
Viewing IBM SAS disk information
Considerations for solid-state drives
Dual storage IOA configurations
Possible disk storage IOA configurations
Dual storage IOA functions
Dual storage IOA function attributes
Viewing dual storage IOA attributes
SAS cabling considerations
Performance considerations
Dual storage IOA access optimization
Installing dual storage IOA configurations
SAS RAID controller maintenance
Rechargeable battery maintenance
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Error state
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing a battery pack
Replacing a 572B nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 572F/575C card set concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 574E concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57B7 concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57CF cache battery pack
Replacing a 2BD9 or 2BE1 nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Separating the 572F/575C card set and moving the cache directory card
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Viewing SAS fabric path information
Example: Using SAS fabric path information
SAS address and physical location information
SAS RAID controllers for Linux
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for Linux
PDF file for SAS RAID controllers for Linux
SAS RAID controllers for Linux PDF
General information
Comparison of general features
Comparison of cache features
Comparison of HA features
SAS overview
SAS architecture summary
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
Estimating disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Stripe-unit size
Disk array overview
Disk array states
Physical disk states
I/O adapter states
Auxiliary write cache adapter
Related information
RAID controller software
Verifying installation of the controller software
Linux ipr device driver updates
Updating the iprutils package
Common IBM SAS RAID controller tasks
Starting the iprconfig utility
Status of devices, arrays and paths
Viewing device status
Viewing array status
Viewing path status
RAID and JBOD formats
Formatting to advanced function
Formatting to JBOD
Creating and deleting disk arrays
Creating an IBM SAS RAID disk array
Deleting an IBM SAS RAID disk array
Adding disks to an existing array
Migrating an existing disk array to a new RAID level
Hot spare disks
Creating hot spare disks
Deleting hot spare disks
Considerations for Solid-state drives (SSD)
Multi-initiator and high availability
Possible HA configurations
Controller functions
Controller function attributes
Viewing HA controller attributes
HA cabling considerations
HA performance
Configuration and serviceability considerations for HA RAID configurations
HA asymmetric access optimization
Enabling asymmetric access
Asymmetric access status of disk arrays
Installing high availability
Installing an HA single-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system RAID configuration
Functions requiring special attention in an HA two-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system JBOD configuration
IBM SAS RAID controller maintenance
Usage tips
Updating the controller microcode
Rechargeable battery maintenance
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing the rechargeable battery pack
Replacing a nonconcurrently maintainable battery pack
Replacing a concurrently maintainable battery pack
Replacing the cache directory card
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Physical disks
Removing a failed disk
Installing a new disk
Disk failure recovery
RAID 0 failure
RAID 5 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 5 single-disk failure
RAID 5 multiple-disk failure
RAID 6 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 6 single- or dual-disk failure
RAID 6 failure of three or more disks
RAID 10 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 10 single-disk failure
RAID 10 multiple-disk failure
Reclaiming IOA cache storage
Problem determination and recovery
Analyzing error logs
Basic vi commands
Searching logs
Sample error logs
Generic IOA or device errors
Device configuration errors
Array errors
Cache errors
Disk array problem identification
Unit reference code tables
Maintenance analysis procedures
MAP 3300
MAP 3310
MAP 3311
MAP 3312
MAP 3313
MAP 3320
MAP 3321
MAP 3330
MAP 3331
MAP 3332
MAP 3333
MAP 3334
MAP 3335
MAP 3337
MAP 3340
MAP 3341
MAP 3342
MAP 3342
MAP 3343
MAP 3344
MAP 3345
MAP 3346
MAP 3347
MAP 3348
MAP 3349
MAP 3350
MAP 3351
MAP 3352
MAP 3353
MAP 3390
MAP 3410
MAP 3411
MAP 3412
MAP 3413
MAP 3420
MAP 3421
MAP 3430
MAP 3431
MAP 3432
MAP 3433
MAP 3434
MAP 3435
MAP 3440
MAP 3441
MAP 3442
MAP 3443
MAP 3444
MAP 3445
MAP 3446
MAP 3447
MAP 3448
MAP 3449
MAP 3450
MAP 3452
MAP 3453
MAP 3454
MAP 3460
MAP 3461
MAP 3490
SAS subsystem
PDF file for the SAS subsystem in the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
SAS subsystem PDF for the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
SAS architecture for the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B SAS subsystem overview
SAS storage configurations
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B SAS subsystem base configuration
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B SAS base subsystem with two-way split drive backplane
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B SAS dual-RAID subsystem
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B SAS dual-RAID subsystem with internal drives
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B SAS dual-RAID subsystem with external drives
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B SAS subsystem service considerations
Service considerations for the cache battery pack
Problem determination and recovery
Setting up your server to connect to service and support
What's new in Setting up your server to connect to service and support
Setting up AIX or Linux to connect to service and support
Managing Electronic Service Agent version 3.3
Setting up IBM i to connect to service and support without a management console
IP packet filter firewall
Setting up AIX or Linux to use a management console to connect to service and support
Supporting diagnostics
What's new in Supporting diagnostics
Collecting reference codes and system information
Using the control panel to collect reference codes and system information
Using online diagnostics to collect service request numbers
Using IBM i tools to collect reference codes and system information
Running the online and stand-alone diagnostics
Running the online diagnostics
Running the online diagnostics in service mode
Running the online diagnostics in maintenance mode
Running the online diagnostics in concurrent mode
Running stand-alone diagnostics
Running the stand-alone diagnostics from CD
Running stand-alone diagnostics from a Network Installation Management server
Performing a slow boot on systems running server firmware level Ax710
Using the control panel to perform a slow boot
Using the ASMI menus to perform a slow boot
Performing dumps
Performing a resource dump
Using the control panel to perform a resource dump
Using the ASMI to perform a resource dump
Performing a system dump
Using the control panel to perform a system dump
Using the ASMI to perform a system dump
Performing a service processor dump
Using the control panel to perform a service processor dump
Using the ASMI to perform a service processor dump
Performing an IBM i main storage dump
Managing dumps
Copying a dump
Using the AIX commands to copy a dump
Using the IBM i service tools to copy a dump
Using the Linux command line to copy a dump
Reporting a dump
Using AIX commands to report a dump
Using the IBM i service tools to report a main storage or platform dump
Using Linux commands to report a dump
Deleting a dump
Using AIX commands to delete a dump
Using the IBM i service tools to delete a dump
Using Linux commands to delete a dump
Reporting problems
Reporting problems when the management console is not available
Reporting problems when the server is down
Using the problem reporting forms
Problem reporting form for a system in manufacturing default configuration
Problem reporting form for a system with multiple logical partitions
Contacting IBM service and support
Getting fixes
What's new in Getting fixes
Getting firmware fixes
Getting server firmware fixes through AIX or Linux without a management console
Getting server firmware fixes through IBM i for a system not managed by a management console
Installing firmware using the USB port on the service processor on a system that is not managed by a management console
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode with an Internet connection
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode without an Internet connection
Troubleshooting firmware fixes
Message regarding a server that was previously managed by a management console
Obtaining fixes through AIX or Linux when you are unable to start the system
Supporting information for AIX or Linux
Using the AIX diagnostics to install the server firmware fix through AIX
Using the System Management Interface Tool to mount the fix CD for AIX
Obtaining service and productivity tools for Linux
Getting I/O adapter and device firmware fixes
Getting I/O adapter and device firmware fixes for a system running AIX
Getting I/O adapter and device firmware fixes through IBM i
Getting operating system fixes
Getting operating system fixes for AIX or Linux
Getting operating system fixes for IBM i
Managing fixes
Working with the temporary and permanent side of the service processor
Using AIX or Linux commands to work with the temporary and permanent side of the service processor
Using the IBM i tools to work with the temporary and permanent side of the service processor
Using the control panel to work with the temporary and permanent side of the service processor
Switching to the other side of the service processor using ASMI or the control panel
Using the ASMI to switch to the other side of the service processor
Using the control panel to switch to the other side of the service processor
Viewing existing firmware levels
Using the ASMI to view the existing level of server firmware
Using the HMC to view the existing firmware levels
Using the AIX command prompt to view the existing firmware level
Using the Linux command prompt to view the existing firmware level
Using IBM i to view the installed server firmware fixes
Viewing available firmware levels
Viewing available firmware levels for AIX and Linux
Viewing available firmware levels for IBM i
Viewing the firmware history or cover letter
Viewing the firmware history for AIX or Linux
Viewing the firmware cover letter for IBM i
Removing the current server firmware level
Removing the current server firmware level by using AIX commands
Removing the current server firmware level by using IBM i
Removing the current server firmware level by using Linux commands
Installing a firmware fix permanently
Using AIX commands to install a firmware fix permanently
Using IBM i to install a firmware fix permanently
Using Linux commands to install a firmware fix permanently
Glossary
Glossary
Numerics
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
8202-E4C (IBM Power 720 Express)
PDF files for the 8202-E4C (IBM Power 720 Express)
System overview
License Agreement for Machine Code
Statement of Limited Warranty
Hardware notices
Environmental Notices
Safety notices for Power Systems
Safety Notices
Safety Inspection Guide
Software notices
Planning for the system
What's new in Site and hardware planning
PDF files for Site and hardware planinng
Site preparation and physical planning PDF
Site and hardware planning PDF
Site preparation and physical planning
Site selection
Access
Static electricity and floor resistance
Space requirements
Floor construction and floor loading
Raised floors
Conductive contamination
Overhead cabling
Computer room layout
Vibration and shock
Lighting
Acoustics
Electromagnetic compatibility
Computer room location
Material and data storage protection
Emergency planning for continuous operations
General power information
Power quality
Voltage and frequency limits
Power load
Power source
Dual-power installation configurations
Dual-power installation: Redundant distribution panel and switch
Dual-power installation: Redundant distribution panel
Single distribution panel: Dual circuit breakers
Air conditioning determination
General guidelines for data centers
Environmental design criteria
Temperature and humidity recording instruments
Relocation and temporary storage
Acclimation
System air distribution
Planning for the installation of rear door heat exchangers
Heat exchanger specifications
Heat exchanger performance
Water specifications for the secondary cooling loop
Water delivery specifications for secondary loops
Layout and mechanical installation
Heat exchanger installation overview
Heat exchanger filling and draining overview
Planning for heat exchangers in a raised floor environment
Planning for heat exchangers in a non-raised floor environment
Secondary cooling loop parts and services information
Miscellaneous parts supplier
Services supplier
Cooling distribution unit suppliers
Installation and support from IBM Integrated Technology Services offerings
Planning for communications
Site and hardware planning
Hardware specification sheets
Server specifications
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, and 8205-E6C server specifications
8205-E6B ENERGY STAR® Power and Performance Data Sheet
Plan view for model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, and 8205-E6C
Expansion unit and migration tower specifications
5786 expansion unit
5796 expansion unit
5802 expansion unit
5877 expansion unit
5886 expansion unit
5887 expansion unit
5888 expansion unit
Rack specifications
0550 model 9406-830 rack
0551 rack
0551, 0553, 0555, and 7014 rack configurations
0551 model 9406-270 rack system units
Model 0554 and 7014-S11 rack
Model 0555 and 7014-S25 rack
Planning for the 7014-T00 and 7014-T42 racks
Model 7014-T00 rack
Model 7014-T42, 7014-B42, and 0553 rack
7014-T00, 7014-T42, and 0553 service clearances and caster location
7014-T00, 7014-T00, and 0553 racks multiple attachment
7014-T00, 7014-T42, and 0553 rack weight distribution and floor loading
Planning for the 7953-94X rack
Model 7953-94X rack
Cabling the 7953-94X rack
Side stabilizing outriggers
Multiple racks
Hardware management console specifications
7042-C08 Hardware Management Console specifications
7042-C07 desktop Hardware Management Console specifications
Systems Director Management Console specifications
7042-CR6 rack-mounted Systems Director Management Console specifications
7042-CR7 rack-mounted Systems Director Management Console specifications
Rack installation procedures for racks not purchased from IBM
Planning for power
Determining your power requirements
Server Information Form 3A
Workstation Information Form 3B
Plugs and receptacles
Connecting your server to a country specific receptacle
Supported feature cords
Internationally available
Cord feature code 6489
Cord feature code 6491
Cord feature code 6653
Cord feature code 6656
Anguilla
Cord feature code 6460
Antigua and Barbuda
Cord feature code 6469
Australia
Cord feature code 6657
Brazil
Cord feature code 6471
Bulgaria
Cord feature code 6472
Canada
Cord feature code 6497
Cord feature code 6654
Cord feature code 6655
Chile
Cord feature code 6478
Cord feature code 6672
China
Cord feature code 6492
Cord feature code 6493
Denmark
Cord feature code 6473
Dominica
Cord feature code 6474
Italy
Cord feature code 6672
Israel
Cord feature code 6475
Japan
Cord feature code 6487
Cord feature code 6660
Liechtenstein
Cord feature code 6476
Macao
Cord feature code 6477
Paraguay
Cord feature code 6488
India
Cord feature code 6494
Kiribati
Cord feature code 6680
Korea
Cord feature code 6496
Cord feature code 6658
New Zealand
Cord feature code 6657
Taiwan
Cord feature code 6651
Cord feature code 6659
United States, Territories, and Possessions
Cord feature code 6497
Cord feature code 6654
Cord feature code RPQ 8A1871
Connecting your server to a PDU
Cord feature code 6458
Cord feature code 6459
Cord feature code 6577
Cord feature code 6665
Cord feature code 6671
Cord feature code 6672
Modification of IBM-provided power cords
Uninterruptible power supply
Power distribution unit and power cord options for 7014, 0551, 0553, and 0555 rack
Power load calculating for 7188 or 9188 power distribution units
Planning for cables
Cable management
Power cord routing and retention
Serial-attached SCSI cable planning
SAS cabling for the 5887 drawer
System calculators
Installing and configuring the system
Installing the IBM Power 720 and Power 740
PDF files for Installing the IBM Power 8202-E4C and 8205-E6C
Installing the IBM Power 8202-E4C and 8205-E6C PDF
Installing the IBM Power 720 Express (8202-E4C) and the IBM Power 740 Express (8205-E6C)
Installing the server into a rack
Determining the location
Marking the location
Attaching the 8202-E4C and 8205-E6C mounting hardware to the rack
Installing the cable-management arm
Connecting the expansion units, disk drives and PCI adapters
Cabling the server and setting up the console
Cabling the server to the Systems Director Management Console
Cabling the server with an ASCII terminal
Cabling the server to the Hardware Management Console
Cabling the server and accessing Operations Console
Cabling the server and accessing the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Supporting information for setting up consoles
Accessing the ASMI using a web browser
Setting the IP address on your PC or notebook
Correcting an IP address
Connecting the power cables to the system
Completing server setup
Completing server setup if you have an Systems Director Management Console
Completing server setup if you have a Hardware Management Console
Completing server setup if you do not have a management console
Upgrading the system and data migration
What's new in Upgrading the system and data migration
Upgrade considerations for POWER7 systems
Upgrades road map
Upgrade concepts
System upgrade information for POWER7 systems
Considerations for upgrading to a Power 750 Express (8233-E8B) system
Considerations for upgrading to Power 710 Express and Power 730 Express (8231-E2B) systems
Considerations for upgrading to Power 740 Express (8205-E6B) systems
Considerations for upgrading to a Power 755 (8236-E8C) system
Considerations for upgrading to a Power 770 (9117-MMB) or to a Power 780 (9179-MHB) system
Upgrade paths for Power 770 and Power 780 systems
Upgrade paths for Power 720 Express systems
Upgrade paths for Power 795 systems
Upgrade timeline
Upgrade checklist
Upgrading the server
Planning tasks for upgrading your server
Considerations for converting from RIO/HSL to 12X I/O expansion units
AIX considerations for converting from RIO/HSL to 12X I/O expansion units
IBM i considerations for converting from RIO/HSL to 12X I/O expansion units
Linux considerations for converting from RIO/HSL to 12X I/O expansion units
Order tasks for upgrading your server
Configuring your order
Validating your order
Validating your upgrade project plan
Placing your order
Preparation tasks for upgrading your server
Confirming your upgrade schedule
Preparing your environment
Adding, replacing, or removing a hardware feature
Preparing for feature upgrade
Hardware features
Printing the server configuration when changing a hardware feature
Performing the feature upgrade
Performing resource management
Correcting hardware resource names after an upgrade
Converting expansion units for a partitioned server
Expansion unit conversion paths and considerations
Preparing to convert the expansion unit
Resequencing SPCN addressing
Printing and preparing the configuration for expansion unit conversion
Assigning all unassigned I/O resources
Removing failed or nonreporting resources
Changing the system value settings
Cleaning up disk storage
Cleaning up server hardware
Adjusting memory and processing resources
Configuring the Virtual I/O Server for POWER7 systems
Changing configuration objects
Gathering performance data
Preparing your console
Backing up data
Developing your test plan
Scheduling your acceptance review
Preinstallation tasks for upgrading your server
Printing server information for server upgrade
Printing disk configuration status
Printing parity set configuration and status
Displaying, verifying, and printing hardware resource information
Copying LPAR configuration
Recording user IDs and passwords
Preparing your location for the upgrade
Reviewing your project and contingency plans
Installation tasks
Ensuring that you have completed the necessary tasks
Installing software
Updating, migrating, and preparing AIX for server upgrade
AIX considerations
System backup requirements
Updating AIX with a new technology level
Migrating AIX to a new version or release
Saving your existing partition profiles from a Hardware Management Console
Restoring an AIX system backup from a CD or DVD
Preinstallation tasks for upgrading Power Systems
Backing up AIX to a CD or DVD
Upgrading Power Systems using Linux operating system
Upgrading IBM i and related software
Preparing for data migration from a Linux partition
Preparing Red Hat Enterprise Linux for server upgrade
Preparing SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for server upgrade
Installing fixes
Backing up the server
Installing the hardware
Completing final server preparations for upgrade
Providing checklists and server information
Clearing LAN console data
Shutting down the server
Performing hardware installation (authorized service provider)
Receiving the target server
Postinstallation tasks for upgrading your server
Completing server configuration
Restarting and shutting down IBM i in a logical partition
Finalizing SUSE Linux Enterprise Server migration
Rename resources for each logical partition
Saving server logical partitions and all firmware
Backing up partition profile data
Testing your server
Data migration
Cabling your server
What's new in Cabling your server
PDF files for Cabling your server
Cabling your server PDF
Cabling the 8202-E4B or 8202-E4C
Cabling the 8205-E6B or 8205-E6C
Cabling the 8231-E2B, 8231-E1C, or 8231-E2C
Cabling the 8233-E8B
Cabling the 8236-E8C
Disk drive backplane
PDF file for Disk drive backplane
Disk drive backplane PDF
Removing and replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing the disk drive backplane
Replacing the disk drive backplane
Disk drives or solid-state drives for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
PDF file for Disk drives
Disk drives PDF
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Solid-state drives
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in an 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the Linux system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the IBM i system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Removing the disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the Linux system or logical partition power turned on
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C or an expansion unit controlled by IBM i
Removing a disk drive by using hot-spare in an IBM i system or logical partition from 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power to the Linux system or logical partition turned on
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the IBM i system or logical partition power turned on
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C using hot-spare in an IBM i system or logical partition
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Removing or installing the external SAS port
Removing the external SAS port from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Installing the external SAS port in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Replacing the external SAS port in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Internal disk drive sharing on an 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Removing or installing a disk drive filler
Removing a disk drive filler from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a disk drive filler in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing or installing a disk-drive bezel
Removing a disk-drive bezel from a drive or filler for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a disk-drive bezel in a drive or filler for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Disk drive locations and service indicators
PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter locations
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Disk-drive locations and service indicators for the 5802 expansion unit
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 SCSI disk-drive enclosures
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 5886 disk drive enclosure
Disk-drive locations and service indicators for the 5887 disk drive enclosure
Solid-state drive locations and service indicators for the 5888 PCIe storage enclosure
Related tasks for disk drives or solid-state drives
Preparing a disk drive or solid-state drive for use in an AIX system or logical partition
Preparing to remove a disk drive or solid-state drive from a system or an expansion unit controlled by AIX
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive by using AIX
Preparing to remove a disk drive in a Linux system
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive or solid-state drive in a system or logical partition running Linux
Preparing to remove a disk drive or solid-state drive from a system or logical partition controlled by IBM i
Determining the IBM i disk drive or solid-state drive protection status
Configuring a disk drive or solid-state drive in an IBM i system or logical partition
Configuring a disk drive or solid-state drive on a load source adapter for hot spare by using the IBM i operating system
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive or solid-state drive by using IBM i
Replacing a SAS conduit card in a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Removing a SAS conduit card from a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Replacing a SAS expander card in a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Removing a SAS expander card from a 5802 expansion unit with power turned off
Enclosures and expansion units
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 disk drive enclosures
PDF files for the 5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
Installing the model 5786 or 7031-D24 into a rack
Completing a parts inventory
Determining the location
Marking the location
Attaching the mounting hardware to the rack
Installing the 5786 or 7031-D24 on the rail assembly
Attaching the cable-management arm to the standard rails
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, or 7031-T24 SCSI disk drive enclosure
Connecting the 5786, 5787, 7031-D24, or 7031-T24 to a system running AIX
Connecting and configuring the 5786, 5787, 7031-D24, or 7031-T24 SCSI disk drive enclosure in an AIX clustered environment
Connecting and configuring the disk drive enclosure in a system running Linux
Connecting and configuring the enclosure in a system running IBM i
SCSI repeater card
Removing and replacing a SCSI repeater card
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 removal and replacement procedures
Disk drive
Replacing the disk drive by using IBM i
Deactivating a disk drive by using AIX
Adding a disk drive as a resource by using AIX
Deactivating a disk drive by using Linux
Adding a disk drive as a resource by using Linux
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive using Linux
Fan
Power supply
SCSI repeater card
Chassis assembly (chassis, enclosure backplane, and VPD card)
Problem determination procedures
Disk drive module power-on self-tests
SCSI card power-on self-tests
Component and attention LEDs
7031-D24 or 7031-T24 maintenance analysis procedures
MAP 2010: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 START
MAP 2020: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 Power
MAP 2022: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 Power-on
MAP 2030: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 power control
MAP 2340: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 SCSI bus
MAP 2410: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 repair verification
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 expansion units
PDF files for the 5796 and 7314-G30
Overview for I/O expansion units
Preparing to connect your expansion units
Where to install a new expansion unit
Identifying 12X and SPCN cables
Expansion unit configuration rules
Installing the 5796 and 7314-G30 expansion units
Connecting your expansion units
Connecting expansion units with 12X cables
Adding expansion units to a new 12X loop
Adding expansion units to an existing 12X loop
Examples: 12X connections
Connecting expansion units with SPCN cables
Examples: SPCN connections
Verifying that the new configuration is functioning
Verifying the 12X loops with an HMC or SDMC
Verifying the 12X loops without an HMC or SDMC
Verifying the system power control network
Setting I/O enclosure configuration ID and MTMS value
Using the ASMI to verify and set the configuration ID and MTMS value
Updating the SPCN firmware
Connector locations
Server connectors
Model 8202-E4B connector locations
Model 8202-E4C connector locations
Model 8205-E6B connector locations
Model 8205-E6C connector locations
Model 8233-E8B connector locations
Model 9117-MMB or 9179-MHB connector locations
Model 9117-MMC or 9179-MHC connector locations
Enclosure connectors
Model 5796 or 7314-G30 connector locations
Removing your expansion units
Removing an expansion unit concurrently
Removing an expansion unit nonconcurrently
Removing an enclosure from the rack
Removal and replacement procedures
Removal and replacement procedures
GX Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach adapter
PCI adapter
Remove and replace a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in the system with the power on in AIX
Remove and replace a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in the system with the power on in Linux
Prerequisites for hot-plugging PCI adapters in Linux
Verify that the Linux, hot-plug PCI tools are installed
Remove and replace a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in the system with the power on in i5/OS
PCI shuttle assembly
Power supply
SPCN card
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
5802 and 5877 expansion units
PDF files for the 5802 and 5877
Overview for I/O expansion units
Preparing to connect your expansion units
Where to install a new expansion unit
Identifying 12X and SPCN cables
Expansion unit configuration rules
Installing the 5802 and 5877 expansion units
Connecting your expansion units
Connecting expansion units with 12X cables
Adding expansion units to a new 12X loop
Adding expansion units to an existing 12X loop
Examples: 12X connections
Connecting expansion units with SPCN cables
Examples: SPCN connections
Verifying that the new configuration is functioning
Verifying the 12X loops with an HMC or SDMC
Verifying the 12X loops without an HMC or SDMC
Verifying the system power control network
Setting I/O enclosure configuration ID and MTMS value
Using the ASMI to verify and set the configuration ID and MTMS value
Updating the SPCN firmware
Connector locations
Server connectors
Model 8202-E4B connector locations
Model 8202-E4C connector locations
Model 8205-E6B connector locations
Model 8205-E6C connector locations
Model 8231-E1C or 8231-E2C connector locations
Model 8233-E8B connector locations
Model 9117-MMB or 9179-MHB connector locations
Model 9117-MMC or 9179-MHC connector locations
Enclosure connectors
Model 5802 and 5877 connector locations
Removing your expansion units
Removing an expansion unit concurrently
Removing an expansion unit nonconcurrently
Removing an enclosure from the rack
Removal and replacement procedures
What's new in 5802 and 5877 removal and replacement procedures
Management console-based procedures
Non-management console-based procedures
Backplane (CRU)
Disk drive (CRU)
Enclosure management controller (CRU)
I/O planar (CRU)
Servicing the Midplane (FRU)
Removing the Midplane
Replacing the Midplane
PCI adapters
Preparing to install, remove, or replace a PCI adapter cassette
Installing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette
Installing with the power off
Installing the PCI adapter cassette
Installing with the power on in AIX
Instaling with the power on in IBM i
Installing with the power on in Linux
Replacing or replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the expansion unit
Removing with the system power off
Removing a PCI adapter cassette
Removing with the power on in AIX
Removing with the power on in IBM i
Removing with the power on in Linux
Replacing with the system power off
Replacing with the power on in AIX
Replacing with the power on in IBM i
Replacing with the power on in Linux
PCI adapter single-width and double-width cassettes
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter single-width cassette
Placing a PCI adapter in a single-width cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Placing an adapter in the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Related procedures for installing and removing PCI adapters
Before you begin
Avoiding electric shock
Handling static-sensitive devices
PCI hot-plug manager access for AIX
Accessing hot-plug management functions
PCI hot-plug manager menu
Prerequisites for hot-plugging PCI adapters in Linux
Verifying that the hot-plug PCI tools are installed for Linux
Component LEDs
Power supply and fan (CRU)
SAS conduit card (FRU)
Removing a SAS conduit card from a 5802 expansion unit with power off
Replacing a SAS conduit card in a 5802 expansion unit with power off
SAS expander card (CRU)
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
5886 disk drive enclosure
PDF files for the 5886
Overview for I/O expansion units
Installing the 5886 disk drive enclosure
Connector locations
Server connectors
Model 8202-E4B connector locations
Model 8202-E4C connector locations
Model 8205-E6B connector locations
Model 8205-E6C connector locations
Model 8231-E1C or 8231-E2C connector locations
Model 8231-E2B connector locations
Model 8233-E8B connector locations
Model 9117-MMB or 9179-MHB connector locations
Model 9117-MMC or 9179-MHC connector locations
Enclosure connectors
Model 5886 connector locations
Removing your disk drive enclosures
Removing an enclosure from the rack
Removal and replacement procedures
What's new in 5886 removal and replacement procedures
Disk unit
Enclosure services manager
Midplane
Power supply
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
5887 disk drive enclosure
PDF files for the 5887
Overview for I/O expansion units
Installing the 5887 disk drive enclosure
Connecting your disk drive enclosures
Connector locations
Server connectors
Model 8202-E4B connector locations
Model 8202-E4C connector locations
Model 8205-E6B connector locations
Model 8205-E6C connector locations
Model 8231-E1C or 8231-E2C connector locations
Model 8231-E2B connector locations
Model 8233-E8B connector locations
Model 9117-MMB or 9179-MHB connector locations
Model 9117-MMC or 9179-MHC connector locations
Enclosure connectors
Model 5887 connector locations
Removing your disk drive enclosures
Removing an enclosure from the rack
Removal and replacement procedures
Removing and installing a disk drive
Removing and installing an enclosure services manager
Removing and installing a midplane
Removing and installing a power supply
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
5888 PCIe storage enclosure
PDF files for the 5888
Overview for PCIe storage enclosures
Preparing to connect your PCIe storage enclosures
Where to install a PCIe storage enclosure
Identifying PCIe cables
PCIe storage enclosure configuration rules
Installing the 5888 PCIe storage enclosure
Connecting your PCIe storage enclosures
Connecting PCIe storage enclosures with PCIe cables
Verifying that the PCIe storage enclosure is functioning
Using identify indicators to locate hardware components
Connector locations
Server connectors
Model 8202-E4C connector locations
Model 8205-E6C connector locations
Model 8231-E1C or 8231-E2C connector locations
Enclosure connectors
Model 5888 connector locations
Removing your PCIe storage enclosures
Removing a PCIe storage enclosure nonconcurrently
Removing an enclosure from the rack
Removal and replacement procedures
Removing and installing a solid-state drive for a 5888 PCIe storage enclosure
Removing and installing an enclosure RAID module assembly for a 5888 PCIe storage enclosure
Removing and installing a fan assembly for a 5888 PCIe storage enclosure
Removing and installing a midplane for a 5888 PCIe storage enclosure
Removing and installing a power supply for a 5888 PCIe storage enclosure
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
Fans and fan cages
What's new in Fans and fan cages
PDF file for Fans and fan cages
Fans and fan cages PDF
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C front fans
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C front fans
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C fan cages
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C fan cages
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C middle fans
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C middle fans
GX adapters
PDF file for GX adapters
GX adapters PDF
Installing GX adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing GX adapters from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing GX adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Managing devices
PDF file for Managing devices
Managing devices PDF
Managing tape drives
Tape drives
Tape drive media
Preparing the tape drive for installation
800/1600 GB Ultrium 4 SAS tape drive (FC 5746)
Eject button functions on the tape drive (FC 5746)
Status lights (FC 5746)
Tape cartridges (FC 5746)
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5746)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5746)
Maintenance mode (FC 5746)
Resetting the tape drive
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5746)
1.5/3.0 TB Ultrium 5 SAS tape drive (FC 5638)
Eject button functions on the tape drive (FC 5638)
Status lights (FC 5638)
Tape cartridges (FC 5638)
Setting the write-protect switch
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5638)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Maintenance mode (FC 5638)
Resetting the tape drive
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5638)
200/400 GB Half High Ultrium 2 tape drive (FC 5755)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5755)
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5755)
Status lights (FC 5755)
Tape cartridges (FC 5755)
Resetting the tape drive (FC 5755)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5755)
160/320 GB internal tape drive VXA-320 (FC 6279)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6120 and 6279)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6279)
Status lights (FC 6279)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 6120 or 6279)
Tape cartridges (FC 6279)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB internal tape drive VXA-2 (FC 6120)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6120 and 6279)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6120)
Status lights (FC 6120)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 6120 or 6279)
Tape cartridges (FC 6120)
Resetting the tape drive
60/150 GB 16-bit 8-mm internal tape drive (FC 6134)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6134)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6134)
Status lights (FC 6134)
Tape cartridges (FC 6134)
Resetting the tape drive
36/72 GB Data72 4 mm internal tape drive (FC 6258 or 5907)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6258 or 5907)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6258 or 5907)
Status lights (FC 6258 or 5907)
Tape cartridges (FC 6258 or 5907)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive (FC 5619)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5619)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5619)
Status lights (FC 5619)
Tape cartridges (FC 5619)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive (FC 1124)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 1124)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 1124)
Status lights (FC 1124)
Tape cartridges (FC 1124)
Resetting the tape drive
160/320 GB DAT320 SAS Tape Drive (FC 5661)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5661)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5661)
Status lights (FC 5661)
Tape cartridges (FC 5661)
Resetting the tape drive
160/320 GB DAT320 USB Tape Drive (FC 5673)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5673)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch
Status lights (FC 5673)
Tape cartridges (FC 5673)
Resetting the tape drive
Managing DVD drives
IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (FC 5756)
IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive (FC 5757)
SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (FC 5743)
SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive (FC 5762)
Handling and storing the DVD media
Opening a DVD tray manually
DVD-RAM type II disc
Managing diskette drives
External USB 1.44 MB diskette drive (FC 2591)
Managing disk devices
Managing removable disk drives
USB Removable Disk Drive (FC 1103, 1104, 1106, 1107, 1123)
Managing communications devices
LAN-Attached Remote Asynchronous Node 16 (model 7036-P16)
7036-P16 description and overview
Installing 7036-P16 hardware
Installing Digi RealPort software for the 7036-P16 device
Configuring the 7036-P16 device and tty
Configuring the 7036-P16 into the network
Using diagnostic aids for the 7036-P16
Replacing and reconfiguring the 7036-P16
Field replacement units for the 7036-P16
Media devices
PDF file for Media devices
Media devices for PDF
Removing and installing media devices in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a SAS media device from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a SAS media device in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a Slimline media device from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a Slimline media device in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on by using AIX diagnostics
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on by using AIX diagnostics
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on in IBM i
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on in IBM i
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the Virtual I/O Server or logical partition power on
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the Virtual I/O Server or logical partition power on
Removing a universal serial bus device
Installing a universal serial bus device
Installing an external USB docking station and removable disk drive with power on
Memory
PDF file for memory in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Memory PDF
Installing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Memory riser placement and memory module balancing
Removing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
PCI adapters
Installing, removing, and replacing PCI adapters
PDF file for PCI adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Installing PCI adapters PDF
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C PCI adapter
Installing a PCI adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing a PCI adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapters
Installing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing and replacing the tailstock on a PCI adapter
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C expansion riser
Installing an expansion riser in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing an expansion riser from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing an expansion riser in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Model 5796 expansion units, PCI adapters and cassettes for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the system with the power off
Replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in the system with the power off
PCI adapter single-width cassette
Placing a PCI adapter in a single-width cassette
Placing a 4-Port USB PCI Express Adapter in a single-width cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter single-width cassette
PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Placing an adapter in the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Model 5802 and 5877 expansion units, PCI adapters, and cassettes
Preparing to install, remove, or replace a PCI adapter cassette
Installing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette
Installing a PCI adapter cassette
Installing with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the expansion unit
Removing with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter cassette
Replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the expansion unit with the power off
PCI adapter single-width and double-width cassettes
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter single-width cassette
Placing a PCI adapter in a single-width cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Placing an adapter in the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Related procedures for installing and removing PCI adapters for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Before you begin
Identifying a failing part for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Control panel LEDs
Identifying a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in an IBM i system or logical partition
Activating the failing-part indicator light
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Finding the location code of a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Locating a failing part in a Virtual I/O Server system or logical partition
Identifying a part by using the Virtual I/O Server
Safety notices
Handling static-sensitive devices
Shutting down logical partitions
Updating the worldwide port name for a new 2766, 2787, 280E, 5735, 576B, or 5774 IOA.
PCI-X double-wide, quad-channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Controller (FC 5739, 5778, 5781, 5782; CCIN 571F, 575B)
PCI-X DDR 1.5 GB cache SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5904 and 5908; CCIN 572F and 575C)
Managing PCI adapters
What's new in Managing PCI adapters
PDF file for Managing PCI adapters
Managing PCI adapters PDF
Overview of managing PCI adapters
Backplane daughter cards and RAID enablement cards
PCI Express
Handling static sensitive devices
Partitioning considerations with dual slot and multi path adapters
PCI adapter information by feature type
PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter 3 Gb (FC 2053/2054/2055)
4-Port USB PCIe Adapter (FC 2728; CCIN 57D1)
2-port USB PCI Adapter (FC 2738; CCIN 28EF)
POWER GXT135P graphics PCI Adapter (FC 2849)
PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem (FC 2893, 2894; CCIN 576C)
ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (FC 2947)
PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor (FC 4807 and FC 4809)
PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter (FC 5283)
PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter (FC 5286)
PCIe 2-port Async EIA-232 Adapter (FC 5289 and FC 5290)
175 MB Cache RAID - Dual IOA Enablement Card (FC 5662)
Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (FC 5700; CCIN 5700)
10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (FC 1979, 5701; CCIN 5701)
2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (FC 1983, 5706; CCIN 5706)
10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (FC 5708; CCIN 2B3B)
1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X Adapter (FC 1986, 5713)(CCIN 573C)
Description and technical overview
Preparing to install the adapter
Verifying your hardware requirements
Verifying your software requirements
Checking prerequisites
Gathering tools and documentation
Installing the device driver software for the adapter
Installing the device driver software for the IBM 1 Gigabit-SX iSCSI TOE PCI-X Adapter
Verify AIX software installation
Installing the device driver software for the IBM 1 Gigabit-TX iSCSI TOE PCI-X Adapter
Verifying AIX software installation
Installing the IBM 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X Adapter
Installing the adapter
Verifying the adapter installation
Running adapter diagnostics
Configuring the 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter
Overview of configuration process
Installing the device-specific storage support files
Configuring the adapter in AIX
Updating the iSCSI targets flat file
Configuring the storage device
Connecting the adapter to an Ethernet network
Connecting the IBM 1 Gigabit-SX iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter (optical connector) to an Ethernet network
Understanding the adapter LED
Connecting the network cables and adapter
Connecting the IBM 1 Gigabit-TX iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter (copper connector) to an Ethernet network
Connecting the network cables and adapter
Understanding the adapter LED
Technical Appendixes
Config logging information
iSCSI TOE adapter error log information (ICS_ERR template)
iSCSI TOE protocol driver error log detail (ISCSI_ERR template)
2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter (FC 1977, 5716; CCIN 574C)
4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter (FC 5717; CCIN 5717)
10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (FC 5721; CCIN 573A)
10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (FC 5722; CCIN 576A)
PCIe2 FH 4-Port 8 Gb Fibre Channel Adapter (FC 5729)
2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter (FC 5723)
10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter (FC 5732; CCIN 5732)
8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter (FC 5735; CCIN 577D)
PCI-X DDR dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (FC 1912, 5736; CCIN 571A)
4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter (FC 5740, 1954)
PCIe2 2x 10 GbE SR 2x 1 GbE UTP Adapter (FC 5280 and FC 5744)
PCIe2 2x 10 GbE SFP+ Copper 2x 1 GbE UTP Adapter (FC 5279 and FC 5745)
POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator (FC 5748)
4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (FC 1905, 5758, 5760, 5761; CCIN 1910, 280D, 280E)
4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter (FC 1910, 5759; CCIN 1910, 5759)
2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter (FC 5767; CCIN 5767)
2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter (FC 5768; CCIN 5768)
10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter (FC 5769; CCIN 5769)
10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter (FC 5772; CCIN 576E)
4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter (FC 5773; CCIN 5773)
4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter (FC 5774; CCIN 5774)
PCI-X Double-Wide, Quad-Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Controller (FC 5782; CCIN 575B)
4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter (FC 5785; CCIN 57D2)
PCIe Dual - x4 SAS Adapter (FC 5901; CCIN 57B3)
PCI-X DDR Dual –x4 Port SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5902; CCIN 572B)
PCIe Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5903; CCIN 574E)
PCI-X DDR 1.5 GB cache SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5904 and 5908; CCIN 572F and 575C)
PCI-X DDR 1.5 GB cache SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5908; CCIN 575C)
PCI-X DDR External Dual – x4 Port SAS Adapter (FC 5912; CCIN 572A)
PCIe2 1.8 GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6 Gb (FC 5913; CCIN 57B5)
PCI 2-Line WAN IOA (FC 6805)
PCI 2-Line WAN with Modem (FC 6833, 6834)
Maintaining the rechargeable battery on the 57B7, 57CF, 574E, and 572F/575C SAS adapters
Replacing SCSI RAID disk-controller cache battery packs
Replacing the cache battery pack on the 571B adapter
Replacing the cache battery pack on the 571F and 575B adapters
Replacing the cache battery pack on the 571E, 574F, 2780, or 5708 adapters
Replacing a battery pack
Replacing a 572B nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 572F/575C card set concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57B7 concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57CF cache battery pack
Replacing a 574E concurrent maintainable battery pack
Installing the AIX device driver software
Verifying the AIX device driver software
PCI adapter placement
What's new in PCI adapter placement
PDF file for PCI adapter placement
PCI adapter placement PDF
Supported PCI adapters for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
PCI adapter placement rules and slot priorities for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
I/O expansion units
PCI adapters slot priorities for the 5802 and 5877 expansion units
Determining the best place to install your adapter
Finding the current system configuration in IBM i
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
PDF files for SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i PDF
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
Feature comparison of SAS RAID cards
PCI-X SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe2 SAS RAID card comparison
SAS architecture
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
RAID 5
RAID 6
System mirroring
Disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Controller software
Verifying the controller software
Common controller and disk array management tasks
Viewing IBM SAS disk information
Considerations for solid-state drives
Dual storage IOA configurations
Possible disk storage IOA configurations
Dual storage IOA functions
Dual storage IOA function attributes
Viewing dual storage IOA attributes
SAS cabling considerations
Performance considerations
Dual storage IOA access optimization
Installing dual storage IOA configurations
SAS RAID controller maintenance
Rechargeable battery maintenance
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Error state
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing a battery pack
Replacing a 572B nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 572F/575C card set concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 574E concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57B7 concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57CF cache battery pack
Replacing a 2BD9 or 2BE1 nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Separating the 572F/575C card set and moving the cache directory card
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Viewing SAS fabric path information
Example: Using SAS fabric path information
SAS address and physical location information
SAS RAID controllers for Linux
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for Linux
PDF file for SAS RAID controllers for Linux
SAS RAID controllers for Linux PDF
General information
Comparison of general features
Comparison of cache features
Comparison of HA features
SAS overview
SAS architecture summary
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
Estimating disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Stripe-unit size
Disk array overview
Disk array states
Physical disk states
I/O adapter states
Auxiliary write cache adapter
Related information
RAID controller software
Verifying installation of the controller software
Linux ipr device driver updates
Updating the iprutils package
Common IBM SAS RAID controller tasks
Starting the iprconfig utility
Status of devices, arrays and paths
Viewing device status
Viewing array status
Viewing path status
RAID and JBOD formats
Formatting to advanced function
Formatting to JBOD
Creating and deleting disk arrays
Creating an IBM SAS RAID disk array
Deleting an IBM SAS RAID disk array
Adding disks to an existing array
Migrating an existing disk array to a new RAID level
Hot spare disks
Creating hot spare disks
Deleting hot spare disks
Considerations for Solid-state drives (SSD)
Multi-initiator and high availability
Possible HA configurations
Controller functions
Controller function attributes
Viewing HA controller attributes
HA cabling considerations
HA performance
Configuration and serviceability considerations for HA RAID configurations
HA asymmetric access optimization
Enabling asymmetric access
Asymmetric access status of disk arrays
Installing high availability
Installing an HA single-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system RAID configuration
Functions requiring special attention in an HA two-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system JBOD configuration
IBM SAS RAID controller maintenance
Usage tips
Updating the controller microcode
Rechargeable battery maintenance
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing the rechargeable battery pack
Replacing a nonconcurrently maintainable battery pack
Replacing a concurrently maintainable battery pack
Replacing the cache directory card
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Physical disks
Removing a failed disk
Installing a new disk
Disk failure recovery
RAID 0 failure
RAID 5 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 5 single-disk failure
RAID 5 multiple-disk failure
RAID 6 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 6 single- or dual-disk failure
RAID 6 failure of three or more disks
RAID 10 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 10 single-disk failure
RAID 10 multiple-disk failure
Reclaiming IOA cache storage
Problem determination and recovery
Analyzing error logs
Basic vi commands
Searching logs
Sample error logs
Generic IOA or device errors
Device configuration errors
Array errors
Cache errors
Disk array problem identification
Unit reference code tables
Maintenance analysis procedures
MAP 3300
MAP 3310
MAP 3311
MAP 3312
MAP 3313
MAP 3320
MAP 3321
MAP 3330
MAP 3331
MAP 3332
MAP 3333
MAP 3334
MAP 3335
MAP 3337
MAP 3340
MAP 3341
MAP 3342
MAP 3342
MAP 3343
MAP 3344
MAP 3345
MAP 3346
MAP 3347
MAP 3348
MAP 3349
MAP 3350
MAP 3351
MAP 3352
MAP 3353
MAP 3390
MAP 3410
MAP 3411
MAP 3412
MAP 3413
MAP 3420
MAP 3421
MAP 3430
MAP 3431
MAP 3432
MAP 3433
MAP 3434
MAP 3435
MAP 3440
MAP 3441
MAP 3442
MAP 3443
MAP 3444
MAP 3445
MAP 3446
MAP 3447
MAP 3448
MAP 3449
MAP 3450
MAP 3452
MAP 3453
MAP 3454
MAP 3460
MAP 3461
MAP 3490
SAS RAID controllers for AIX
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for AIX
PDF file for SAS RAID controllers for AIX
SAS RAID controllers for AIX PDF
SAS RAID controllers for AIX overview
Feature comparison of SAS RAID cards
PCI-X SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe2 SAS RAID card comparison
SAS architecture
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
RAID 0
RAID 5
RAID 6
RAID 10
Disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Stripe-unit size
Valid states for hdisks and pdisks
States for disk arrays (hdisks)
States for physical disks (pdisks)
pdisk descriptions
Auxiliary write cache
Auxiliary write cache adapter
Installing the auxiliary write cache
Viewing link status information
Controller software
Controller software verification
Common controller and disk array management tasks
Using the Disk Array Manager
Preparing disks for use in SAS disk arrays
Creating a disk array
Migrating an existing disk array to a new RAID level
Viewing the disk array configuration
Deleting a disk array
Adding disks to an existing disk array
Using hot spare disks
Creating hot spare disks
Deleting hot spare disks
Viewing IBM SAS disk array settings
Viewing IBM SAS pdisk settings
Viewing pdisk vital product data
Viewing controller SAS addresses
Controller SAS address attributes
System software allocations for SAS controllers
Viewing system software allocations for SAS controllers
Changing system software allocations for SAS controllers
Drive queue depth
Changing the drive queue depth
AIX command-line interface
Considerations for Solid-state drives (SSDs)
Multi-initiator and high availability
Possible HA configurations
Controller functions
Controller function attributes
Viewing HA controller attributes
HA cabling considerations
HA performance
HA access optimization
HA access characteristics within List SAS Disk Array Configuration
Configuration and serviceability considerations for HA RAID configurations
Installing high availability
Installing an HA single-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system RAID configuration
Functions requiring special attention in an HA two-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system JBOD configuration
SAS RAID controller maintenance
Updating the SAS RAID controller microcode
Changing pdisks to hdisks
Maintaining the rechargeable battery on the 57B7, 57CF, 574E, and 572F/575C SAS adapters
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Error state
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing a battery pack
Replacing a 572B nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 572F/575C card set concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 574E concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57B7 concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57CF cache battery pack
Replacing a 2BD9 or 2BE1 nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Separating the 572F/575C card set and moving the cache directory card
Replacing the cache directory card
Replacing pdisks
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Viewing SAS fabric path information
Example: Using SAS fabric path information
Problem determination and recovery
SAS resource locations
Showing physical resource attributes
Disk array problem identification
Service request numbers
Controller maintenance analysis procedures
Examining the hardware error log
MAP 3100
MAP 3110
MAP 3111
MAP 3112
MAP 3113
MAP 3120
MAP 3121
MAP 3130
MAP 3131
MAP 3132
MAP 3133
MAP 3134
MAP 3135
MAP 3140
MAP 3141
MAP 3142
MAP 3143
MAP 3144
MAP 3145
MAP 3146
MAP 3147
MAP 3148
MAP 3149
MAP 3150
MAP 3152
MAP 3153
MAP 3190
MAP 3210
MAP 3211
MAP 3212
MAP 3213
MAP 3220
MAP 3221
MAP 3230
MAP 3231
MAP 3232
MAP 3233
MAP 3234
MAP 3235
MAP 3240
MAP 3241
MAP 3242
MAP 3243
MAP 3244
MAP 3245
MAP 3246
MAP 3247
MAP 3248
MAP 3249
MAP 3250
MAP 3252
MAP 3253
MAP 3254
MAP 3260
MAP 3261
MAP 3290
MAP 3295
Finding a service request number from an existing AIX error log
Power supplies
PDF file for Power supplies
Power supplies PDF
Installing a redundant power supply in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power turned off
Installing a redundant power supply in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power turned on
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned off
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned on
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned off
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned on
Power supply LEDs
Racks and rack features
What's new in Racks and rack features
PDF files for Racks
Installing racks and rack features
Installing the rack
Installing the 7014-T00 or 7014-T42 racks
Completing a parts inventory
Positioning the rack
Leveling the rack
Attaching the stabilizer brackets
Attaching the rack to a concrete floor
Attaching the rack to the concrete floor beneath a raised floor
Connecting the power distribution system
Checking the ac outlets
Attaching the front or back ac electrical outlet
Installing the ac outlet-mounting plates with ac outlets
Installing the ac outlet-mounting plate without ac outlets
Connecting a dc power source
Installing a system or expansion unit into a rack
Removing and replacing 7014-T00 or 7014-T42 side panels
Removing and replacing 7014-T00 or 7014-T42 trim panels
Attaching the rack doors
Attaching a high-perforation front door
Rack safety notices
Installing the rack security kit
Ruggedized kit
Releasing the ruggedized brace
Releasing the side panel with a ruggedized kit
Connecting multiple racks with rack-to-rack attachment kit
Installing or removing a rack-mounted system-unit latch bracket
Removing or replacing a rack top cover
Removing a rack top cover
Replacing a rack top cover
Power distribution unit plus
Installing the PDU+ in the side of a rack
Setting up power monitoring using the PDU+
Using the IBM DPI Configuration Utility
Using the Web interface
SAS RAID enablement and cache battery pack
What's new in SAS RAID enablement
PDF file for SAS RAID enablement
SAS RAID enablement
Installing the Storage Backplane - 6 SFF Bays/SATA DVD (FC 5618)
Installing the 3x3 split-drive bays no RAID 5/6 support (FC 5631)
Installing the 3x3 split-drive bays no RAID 5/6 support (FC EJ02)
Installing the Storage Backplane - 8 SFF Bays/175MB RAID/Dual IOA (FC 5630 and FC EJ01)
Removing and replacing SAS RAID adapters and batteries
Removing the RAID enablement card
Replacing the RAID enablement card
Removing the RAID/cache storage controller
Replacing the RAID/cache storage controller
Removing and replacing the cache battery card
Removing and replacing a cache battery pack
Removing and replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing the disk drive backplane
Replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system backplane
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B SAS subsystem service considerations
Service considerations for the cache battery pack
Voltage regulator modules
PDF file for voltage regulator modules
Voltage regulator modules PDF
Processor voltage regulator module for the 8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
Installing the 8202-E4C or 8205-E6C processor voltage regulator module
Removing the 8202-E4C or 8205-E6C processor voltage regulator module
Replacing the 8202-E4C or 8205-E6C processor voltage regulator module
Common procedures for installable features
Before you begin
Identifying a part
Control panel LEDs
Identifying a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in an IBM i system or logical partition
Activating the failing-part indicator light
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Finding the location code of a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Locating a failing part in a Virtual I/O Server system or logical partition
Identifying a part by using the Virtual I/O Server
Starting the system
Starting a system that is not managed by a Hardware Management Console or a Systems Director Management Console
Start the system or logical partition by using the HMC
Starting a system or virtual server by using the SDMC
Stopping a system or logical partition
Stopping a system that is not managed by an HMC or an SDMC
Stopping a system by using the HMC
Stopping a system with the SDMC
Removing and replacing the expansion unit cover or door
Removing the front cover on the 7314-G30 or 5796
Installing the front cover on the 7314-G30 or 5796
System covers
Removing and replacing covers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing the front cover on a rack-mounted system
Removing the front cover on a stand-alone system
Installing the front cover on a rack-mounted system
Installing the front cover and front door on a stand-alone system
Removing the service access cover on a rack-mounted system
Removing the service access cover on a stand-alone system
Installing the service access cover on a rack-mounted system
Installing the service access cover on a stand-alone system
Removing and replacing covers for the 8231-E2B, 8231-E1C, or 8231-E2C
Removing the service access cover on a rack-mounted system
Installing the service access cover on a rack-mounted system
Removing and replacing covers on the 8233-E8B or 8236-E8C system
Removing the front cover
Installing the front cover
Removing the service access cover
Installing the service access cover
Removing and replacing covers for the 9117-MMB, 9117-MMC, 9179-MHB, or 9179-MHC
Removing the front cover
Removing the front cover with the cover removal tool
Installing the front cover
Service and operating positions
Placing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system into the service or operating position
Placing a rack-mounted system into the service position
Placing a rack-mounted system into the operating position
Placing the 8231-E2B, 8231-E1C, or 8231-E2C system into the service or operating position
Placing a rack-mounted system into the service position
Placing a rack-mounted system into the operating position
Placing the rack-mounted 8233-E8B or 8236-E8C system into the service position or operating position
Placing the 8233-E8B or 8236-E8C in the service position
Placing the 8233-E8B or 8236-E8C in the operating position
Power cords
Disconnecting the power cords from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Connecting the power cords to the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Disconnecting the power cords from the 8231-E2B, 8231-E1C, or 8231-E2C
Connecting the power cords to the 8231-E2B, 8231-E1C, or 8231-E2C
Installing a part by using the HMC
Removing a part by using the HMC
Replacing a part by using the HMC
Installing a part by using the SDMC
Removing a part by using the SDMC
Replacing a part by using the Systems Director Management Console
Verifying the installed part
Verifying an installed feature or replaced part in an AIX system or logical partition
Verifying the installed part in an IBM i system or logical partition
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Verifying the installed part in a Linux system or logical partition
Verifying an installed part by using stand-alone diagnostics
Verifying the installed part by using the HMC
Activating and deactivating LEDs by using the HMC
Viewing serviceable events by using the HMC
Verifying the installed part by using the SDMC
Activating and deactivating LEDs by using the SDMC
Viewing serviceable events by using the SDMC
Verifying an installed part or replaced part on a system or logical partition by using Virtual I/O Server tools
Accessing the control panel for the 8233-E8B or 8236-E8C
Disconnecting the SMP processor cable from a system
Reconnecting the SMP processor cable to a system
Removing the 5802 I/O planar
Replacing the 5802 I/O planar
Removing the 5802 enclosure management controller
Replacing the 5802 enclosure management controller
Converting the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, or 8205-E6B from a stand-alone to a rack-mounted system
Converting the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, or 8205-E6B from a rack-mounted to a stand-alone system
Working with consoles, terminals, and interfaces
Installing and configuring the Hardware Management Console
What's new in Installing and configuring the HMC
PDF files for installing and configuring the HMC
Installing and configuring the Hardware Management Console
Installing the Hardware Management Console PDF
Installing the Hardware Management Console
Planning for HMC installation and configuration
Installing your rack-mounted HMC
Installing your stand-alone HMC
Configuring the HMC for the first time
Installation and configuration scenarios
Choosing network settings on the HMC
HMC network connections
Types of HMC network connections
Private and open networks in the HMC environment
HMC as a DHCP server
Deciding which connectivity method to use for the call-home server
Using Internet SSL to connect to remote support
Choosing an internet protocol
Internet SSL address lists
Using a virtual private network to connect to remote support
VPN server address list
Using the telephone and modems to connect to remote support
Using multiple call-home servers
Preparing for HMC configuration
Preinstallation configuration worksheet for the HMC
Setting up the HMC
Cabling your stand-alone HMC
Installing the 7310-CR4 HMC into a rack
Completing a parts inventory
Determining the location
Marking the location without a rack-mounting template
Installing the slide rails into the rack
Installing the HMC on the slide rails
Installing the cable-management arm
Cabling your rack-mounted HMC
Installing the 7042-CR5 and 7042-CR6 into a rack
Configuring the HMC
Configuring the HMC using the fast path through the Guided Setup wizard
Configuring the HMC using the HMC menus
Starting the HMC
Changing the date and time
Configuring the HMC network types
Identifying the Ethernet port defined as eth0
Determining the interface name for an Ethernet adapter
Setting the media speed
Selecting a private or open network
Configuring the HMC as a DHCP server
Setting the IPv4 address
Setting the IPv6 address
Using only IPv6 addresses
Changing HMC firewall settings
Enabling remote restricted shell access
Enabling remote Web access
Configuring a routing entry as the default gateway
Configuring domain name services
Configuring domain suffixes
Configuring the HMC so that it uses LDAP remote authentication
Configuring the HMC so that it uses Key Distribution Center servers for Kerberos remote authentication
Configuring the HMC so that it can contact service and support
Configuring the HMC so that it can connect to service and support using the call-home setup wizard
Configuring the local console to report errors to service and support
Configuring an HMC to contact service and support using LAN-based Internet and SSL
Connecting to service and support using the telephone and modems
Connecting to service and support using a LAN-based VPN
Choosing existing call-home servers to connect to service and support for this HMC
Verifying that your connection to service and support is working
Authorizing users to view collected system data
Transmitting service information
Set passwords for the managed system
Testing the connection between the HMC and the managed system
Postconfiguration steps
Backing up critical HMCdata
Backing up the entire HMC hard drive to a remote system
Updating, upgrading, and migrating your HMC machine code
Determining your HMC machine code version and release
Obtaining and applying machine code updates for the HMC with an Internet connection
Obtaining and applying machine code updates for the HMC using DVD or an FTP server
Upgrading your HMC software
Migrating the machine code on an HMC from Version 6 to Version 7
Managing the HMC
What's new in Managing the HMC
PDF files for Managing the HMC
Managing the HMC guide
Roadmap for installing the HMC PDF
Installing and configuring the HMC PDF
Logical partitioning PDF
Capacity on demand user's PDF
Introduction to the HMC
User interface style for the HMC
Predefined user IDs and passwords
Tasks and roles
Starting the HMC
Using the Web-based user interface
Task bar
Navigation pane
Welcome
Systems Management
Servers
Selecting a server
Displaying server details
Launching tasks for managed objects
Taskpad
Context Menu
Tasks menu
Partitions
Displaying partition details
Frames
Custom Groups
User-defined groups
System Plans
HMC Management
Service Management
Updates
Work pane
Working with Tables
Selecting Rows
Filtering
Sorting
Column configuration
Views menu
Status bar
Status: Unacceptable
Status: Attention LEDs
Status: Serviceable Events
Status Overview
HMC tasks, user roles, IDs, and associated commands
Systems Management for Servers
Properties
Update Password
Operations
Power On
Power Off
Power Management
LED Status
Schedule Operations
Advanced System Management
Utilization Data
Rebuild
Change Password
Configuration
Create Logical Partition
System Plans
Partition Availability Priority
View Workload Management Groups
Manage Custom Groups
Manage Partition Data
Manage System Profiles
Virtual Resources
Shared processor pool management
Shared Memory Pool Management
Virtual Storage Management
Virtual Network Management
Connections
View service processor connection status
Resetting or removing connections
Disconnecting another HMC
Adding a managed system
Correcting a connection problem
Correcting a No connection state for a managed system
Correcting an Incomplete state for a managed system
Correcting a Recovery state for a managed system
Correcting an Error state for a managed system
Correcting a Failed Authentication state for a managed system
Correcting a new connection problem between the HMC and a managed system
Hardware Information
Adapters
Host Channel Adapter (HCA)
Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA)
View Hardware Topology
Updates
Serviceability
Manage Serviceable Events
Create Serviceable Event
Reference Code History
Control Panel Functions
Hardware
Add FRU
Add Enclosure
Exchange FRU
Exchange Enclosure
Remove FRU
Remove Enclosure
Power On/Off IO Unit
Manage Dumps
Collect VPD
Edit MTMS
FSP Failover
Capacity on Demand
Systems Management for Partitions
Properties
Change Default Profile
Operations
Activate
Restart
Shut Down
Manage Attention LED
Schedule Operations
viosvrcmd
Delete
Mobility
Migrate
Validate
Recover
Suspend operations
Validate
Suspend
Resume
Configuration
Manage Profiles
Manage Custom Groups
Save Current Configuration
Hardware Information
Adapters
Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA)
Host Channel Adapter (HCA)
Switch Network Interface
Virtual IO Adapters
Dynamic Logical Partitioning
Processor
Memory
Physical Adapters
Virtual Adapter
Host Ethernet
Console window
Serviceability
Manage Serviceable Events
Reference Code History
Control Panel Functions
Systems Management for Frames
Properties
Update Password
Operations
Initialize Frames
Initialize All Frames
Rebuild
Change Password
Power On/Off IO Unit
Configuration
Manage Custom Groups
Connections
Bulk Power Assembly (BPA) Status
Reset
Hardware Information
View RIO Topology
Serviceability
Manage Serviceable Events
Hardware
Add FRU
Add Enclosure
Exchange FRU
Exchange Enclosure
Remove FRU
Remove Enclosure
System Plans
View System Plan
Create System Plan
Deploy System Plan
Export System Plan
Import System Plan
Remove System Plan
HMC Management tasks
HMC Management - Operations
View HMC Events
Shut Down or Restart
Schedule Operations
Format Media
Back up HMC Data
Restore HMC Data
Save Upgrade Data
Change Network Settings
Test Network Connectivity
View Network Topology
Tip of the Day
View Licenses
Change User Interface Settings
Change Date and Time
Launch Guided Setup Wizard
HMC Management - Administration
Change User Password
Manage User Profiles and Access
Manage Task and Resource Roles
Manage Users and Tasks
Manage Certificates
KDC Configuration
View KDC Server
Modify KDC Server
Add KDC server
Remove KDC server
Import Service Key
Remove Service Key
Configuring the HMC so that it uses LDAP authentication
Remote Command Execution
Remote Virtual Terminal
Open Restricted Shell Terminal
Change Language and Locale
Create Welcome Text
Manage Data Replication
Managing Install Resources
Enhanced password policy
Service Management tasks
Create Serviceable Event
Manage Serviceable Events
Load Serviceable Events
Manage Remote Connections
Manage Remote Support Requests
Format Media
Manage Dumps
Transmit Service Information
Manage Systems Call-Home
Manage Outbound Connectivity
Manage Inbound Connectivity
Manage Customer Information
Authorize User
Manage Serviceable Event Notification
Manage Connection Monitoring
Manage POWER4 Service Agent
Call-Home Setup Wizard
Updates
Update HMC
Managed System Updates
Change Licensed Internal Code for the current release
Upgrade Licensed Internal Code to a new release
Flash Side Selection
Check system readiness
View system information
Remote operations
Using a remote HMC
Using a Web browser
Using the HMC remote command line
Setting up secure script execution between SSH clients and the HMC
Enabling and disabling HMC remote commands
Web browser requirements
Preparing to use the Web browser
Logging in to the HMC from a LAN-connected Web browser
Customizable data replication
Peer-to-peer replication
Master-to-slave replication
Data replication
HMC commands
Managing the Advanced System Management Interface
What's new in Managing the ASMI
PDF file for Managing the ASMI
Managing the ASMI PDF
Setting up and accessing the ASMI
ASMI requirements
Accessing the ASMI using the HMC
Accessing the ASMI without an HMC
Connecting your server to a PC or notebook
Accessing the ASMI using a PC or notebook and web browser
Setting the IP address on your PC or notebook
Setting the IP address in Windows XP and Windows 2000
Setting the IP address in Linux
Setting the IP address in Windows Vista
Connecting a system running AIX or Linux to a terminal
Accessing the ASMI by using an ASCII terminal
Accessing the graphics console
Controlling the system power using the control panel
Starting a system that is not managed by a Hardware Management Console or a Systems Director Management Console
Stopping a system that is not managed by an HMC or an SDMC
Initiating a delayed power off
Initiating a fast power off
Controlling the system power using the ASMI
Powering the system on and off
Setting auto-power restart
Performing an immediate power off
Performing a system reboot
Setting Wake on LAN
ASMI authority levels
ASMI login restrictions
Setting up an ASMI login profile
Changing ASMI passwords
Retrieving ASMI login audits
Changing the default language for the ASMI
Updating installed languages
Managing your server using the ASMI
Viewing system information
Viewing vital product data
Viewing persistent storage
Viewing SPCN trace
Viewing progress indicator from previous boot
Viewing progress indicator history
Viewing real-time progress indicator
Viewing memory data
Viewing firmware maintenance history
Changing system configuration
Changing system name
Configuring I/O enclosures
Changing the time of day
Changing the firmware update policy on a System i model
Changing the PCI error policy
Configuring monitoring
Changing the interposer plug count
Changing the number of HSL OptiConnect connections
Changing the memory allocation
Removing HMC connection data
Configuring virtual I/O connections
Configuring selective memory mirroring
Configuring the acoustic mode control
Configuring Ethernet settings
Managing virtual I/O connectivity
Configuration details for virtual Ethernet switches
Setting the maximum number of virtual Ethernet switches
Running the floating-point test
Controlling server power consumption
Deconfiguring hardware
Setting deconfiguration policies
Field core override function overview
Setting the filed core override value
Verifying the reason for processor deconfiguration
Examples showing the reason for processor deconfiguration
Changing the processor configuration
Changing the memory configuration
Changing the processor unit configuration
Clearing all deconfiguration errors
Programming vital product data
Setting the system brand
Setting the system identifiers
Setting the system enclosure type
Changing service indicators
Turning off the system attention indicator
Enabling enclosure indicators
Changing indicators by location code
Performing an LED test on the control panel
Setting performance options
Changing the logical-memory block size
Increasing the system-memory page size
TurboCore settings
Configuring network services
Configuring network interfaces
Configuring network access
Debugging the virtual tty
Using on-demand utilities
Order Capacity on Demand
Activating Capacity on Demand or PowerVM by using the ASMI
Resuming server firmware after CoD activation
Use Capacity on Demand commands
Viewing information about CoD resources
Using concurrent maintenance utilities
Preparing the control panel for the 8233-E8B, 8236-E8C, 9117-MMB, and 9179-MHB systems
Reserving RIO/HSL adapter slots
Viewing and customizing ASMI service aid menus
Displaying error and event logs
Enabling serial port snoop
Using the ASMI to perform a system dump
Using the ASMI to perform a service processor dump
Initiating a partition dump
Configuring a system port for call options
Configuring your modem
Configuring the call-home and call-in policy
Testing the call-home policy
Rebooting the service processor
Restoring your server to factory settings
Entering service processor commands
Viewing resources deconfigured using the guard function
Performing a resource dump
Troubleshooting problems in accessing the ASMI
Managing the control panel functions
What's new in Managing the control panel functions
PDF file for Managing the control panel functions
Managing the control panel functions
Control panel concepts
Physical control panel
Accessing the control panel functions using the physical control panel
Putting the physical control panel in manual operating mode
Control panel function codes
Primary control panel functions
Function 01: Display selected IPL type, system operating mode, and IPL speed
Function 02: Select IPL type, IPL speed override, system operating mode, and firmware mode
Function 03: Restart IPL
Function 04: Lamp test
Functions 05 - 06: Reserved
Function 07: SPCN functions
Function 08: Fast power off
Functions 09 - 10: Reserved
Function 11: SRC display (ASCII string)
Function 12: SRC display (hex words 2 - 5)
Function 13: SRC display (hex words 6 - 9)
Functions 14 - 19: SRC display (callouts)
Function 20: System type, model, feature code, and IPL type
Customer-extended panel functions
Function 21: Service tool initiation
Function 22: Partition dump
Functions 23 - 24: Reserved
Functions 25 - 26: Service switches 1 and 2
Functions 27 - 29: Reserved
Function 30: Service processor IP address and port location
Functions 31 - 33: Reserved
Function 34: Retry partition dump
Functions 35 - 41: Reserved
Function 41: Nondisruptive platform system dump
Function 42: Platform system dump
Function 43: Service processor dump
Functions 44 - 54: Reserved
Function 55: View and change platform system dump data
Functions 56 - 62: Reserved
Function 56: Select IPL diagnostic level
Function 63: Display system status SRCs
Function 64: Display diagnostic status SRCs
Function 65–Deactivate remote service
Function 66–Activate remote service
Function 67–Disk unit IOP reset/reload
Function 68–Concurrent maintenance – power off
Function 69–Concurrent maintenance – power on
Function 70–IOP dump
Functions 71 - 99: Reserved
Values for IPL types, system operating modes, and speeds
Managing system management services
What's new in Managing system management services
PDF file for Managing system management services
Managing the system management services PDF
Starting system management services
From a logically partitioned server
From a nonpartitioned server
Using system management services
Menus and descriptions
Main menu and navigation
Selecting the language
Setting up a remote IPL
Selecting the BOOTP or TFTP option
Selecting the ISCSI option
Configuring adapters
Selecting the speed, duplex option
Selecting the protocol option
Changing SCSI settings
Selecting the console
Selecting boot options
Selecting to install or boot a device
Configuring boot device order
Multiboot startup
Power-on self-test keys
Exiting system management services
Managing IBM i consoles
Managing Operations Console
What's new in Managing Operations Console
PDF file for Managing Operations Console
Managing Operations Console PDF
Operations Console concepts
Planning for your configuration
Operations Console considerations
General considerations for Operations Console
Systems not managed by an HMC
Systems managed by an HMC
All servers
Adapter considerations
Determine the console by adapter location
Multiple console-capable adapters
Host Ethernet Adapter
Tagging a Host Ethernet Adapter logical port or I/O adapter for the console
5706, 5707, 5767, and 5768 adapters
Configured console type
Dedicated adapter resource
Console adapter placement
Preparing for the Operations Console environment
Console activation in D-mode
Backup console for IBM i
Considerations for a backup console
Verify your system is ready for a backup console
Possible backup console configurations
Operations Console hardware requirements
Operations Console default console port
Adapter requirements
PC processor and memory requirements
Operations Console software requirements
Remote control panel
Remote control panel characteristics
Configuration information
Operations Console networking
Concepts for Operations Console networking
Bootstrap Protocol
HMC considerations
Setting up Operations Console
Managing Operations Console
Troubleshooting Operations Console
Managing the HMC 5250 console
What's new in Managing the HMC 5250 console
PDF file for Managing the HMC 5250 console
Managing the HMC 5250 console PDF
Preparing the IBM i logical partition to connect to a 5250 console session
Connecting to a 5250 console
Opening a local 5250 console session from an HMC
Opening a remote 5250 console session from an HMC
Operating a 5250 console
Changing consoles
What's new in Changing consoles
PDF file for Changing consoles
Changing consoles PDF
Concepts for changing your console configuration
Changing the console by powering off the managed system
Changing the console with the managed system powered on
Changing hardware for one or more consoles
Completing a console change with the logical partition powered on
Troubleshooting the new console
When the system is managed by an HMC
When the system is not managed by an HMC
Related information for Changing consoles
Accessing Operations Console information in the IBM i Information Center
Managing system resources
System plans
What's new in system plans
PDF file for System plans
System plans PDF
System Planning Tool
System plan conversion
Preparing for system plan conversion
Limitations of system plan conversion
Converting a system plan to System Planning Tool format
Troubleshooting system plan conversion
System plans on the HMC
Creating a system plan by using the HMC
Requirements for creating a system plan on the HMC
Optimizing data when creating a system plan on the HMC
Inventory gathering process on the HMC
Requirements for inventory gathering on the HMC
Hardware discovery process on the HMC
Requirements for hardware discovery on the HMC
Tips for maximizing data in a system plan on the HMC
Troubleshooting system plan creation for the HMC
Importing a system plan into an HMC
Deploying a system plan by using the HMC
Requirements for deploying a system plan on the HMC
System plan validation for the HMC
Hardware validation on the HMC
Partition validation on the HMC
Troubleshooting system plan deployment for an HMC
Exporting a system plan from an HMC
Viewing a system plan on an HMC
Deleting a system plan from an HMC
Logical partitioning
What's new in Logical partitioning
PDF file for Logical partitioning
Logical partitioning PDF
Integrated Virtualization Manager PDF
Logical partition overview
Benefits of logical partitioning
Sharing resources between logical partitions
Managed systems
Manufacturing default configuration
Logical partitioning tools
Hardware Management Console
Partition profile
Processor resource assignment
Memory resource assignment in partition profiles
I/O device assignment
Partition profiles that use all of the system resources
System profile
Partitioning with the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Virtual Partition Manager
Physical and virtual hardware resources
Processors
Dedicated processors
Shared processors
Virtual processors
Memory
Dedicated memory
Setting huge-page memory values for AIX dedicated memory partitions
Calculating huge-page memory requirements for AIX dedicated memory partitions
Viewing and setting huge-page memory values for AIX dedicated memory partitions
Shared memory
Overview of shared memory
Example: Logically overcommitted configuration
Example: Physically overcommitted configuration
Data flow for shared memory partitions
Logical memory
I/O entitled memory
Paging VIOS partition
Paging space device
On IVM-managed systems
On HMC-managed systems
Shared memory distribution
Active Memory Expansion
Terminal and console options for logical partitions
Hardware Management Console terminal and console options
Operations Console for IBM i logical partitions
I/O devices
Virtual adapters
Virtual Ethernet
Virtual Fibre Channel
Virtual Fibre Channel for HMC-managed systems
Virtual Fibre Channel on IVM-managed systems
Virtual SCSI adapters
Virtual serial adapters
Host Ethernet Adapter
Tagged resources for IBM i logical partitions
Load source placement rules for IBM i logical partitions
Alternate restart device placement rules for IBM i logical partitions
Switchable devices for IBM i logical partitions
Virtual OptiConnect for IBM i logical partitions
Expansion unit
5250 CPW for IBM i logical partitions
Barrier-synchronization register
Application support for Linux logical partitions
Examples: Logically partitioned systems
Scenarios: Logical partitions
Scenario: Creating a logical partition using the HMC
Scenario: Using partition profiles with the HMC
Scenario: Using system profiles with the HMC
Scenario: Dynamically moving processors and memory resources using the HMC
Scenario: Capacity on Demand for Linux
Planning for logical partitions
System Planning Tool
Trusted Boot
Trusted Firewall
Preparing to configure Active Memory Expansion
Configuration requirements for shared memory
Configuration requirements and restrictions for suspending a logical partition
Verifying that the server supports partitions that can be suspended
Verifying that the logical partition can be suspended
Verifying that the server supports Virtual Trusted Platform Module
Preparing to configure shared memory
On IVM-managed systems
On HMC- managed systems
Determining the size of the shared memory pool
Software licensing for IBM licensed programs on logical partitions
Minimum hardware configuration requirements for logical partitions
Partitioning with the HMC
Creating logical partitions
Creating logical partitions on a new or nonpartitioned server
Creating IBM i logical partitions on a new or nonpartitioned managed system
Creating an AIX or Linux logical partition on a new or nonpartitioned managed system
Creating additional logical partitions
Creating a logical partition with suspension capability
Enabling suspension capability of a logical partition by using the HMC
Suspending a logical partition by using the HMC
Recovering a suspended logical partition by using the HMC
Enabling and disabling a Virtual Trusted Platform Module on a logical partition by using the HMC
Creating a logical partition with Virtual Trusted Platform capability
Viewing the Virtual Trusted Platform Module settings
Creating additional partition profiles
Creating a system profile
Creating an AIX logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Creating a network-server description and a network-server storage space for an AIX logical partition
Connecting to the virtual console for an AIX logical partition
Starting the network-server description for an AIX logical partition
Creating an IBM i logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Creating a network-server description and a network-server storage space for an IBM i logical partition that uses IBM i resources
Connecting to the virtual console for an IBM i logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Starting the network-server description for an IBM i logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Creating a Linux logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Creating an NWSD and a network-server storage space for a Linux logical partition
Connecting to the virtual console for a Linux logical partition
Starting the network-server description for a Linux logical partition
Designating the service logical partition for your managed system
Resetting the managed system to a nonpartitioned configuration
Deleting a logical partition
Configuring virtual resources for logical partitions
Configuring Active Memory Expansion
Configuring a virtual Ethernet adapter
Changing the VLAN IDs of a virtual Ethernet adapter
Configuring the Quality of Service priority for a virtual Ethernet adapter
MAC address controls using the HMC
Configuring the MAC address controls for a virtual Ethernet adapter
Configuring a virtual Fibre Channel adapter
Configuring physical ports on a Host Ethernet Adapter
Configuring shared processor pools
Configuring the shared memory pool
Creating a logical Host Ethernet Adapter for a running logical partition
Creating a shared Ethernet adapter
Creating a virtual disk for a VIOS logical partition using the HMC
Creating storage pools
Entering the activation code for Active Memory Expansion
Reassigning logical partitions to shared processor pools
Managing the shared memory pool
Changing the size of the shared memory pool
Adding a paging VIOS partition to the shared memory pool
Changing the paging VIOS partitions assigned to the shared memory pool
Removing a paging VIOS partition from the shared memory pool
Reinstalling the Virtual I/O Server
Adding and removing paging space devices to and from the shared memory pool
Deleting the shared memory pool
Managing logical partitions
Activating a logical partition
Activating a partition profile
Activating a logical partition based on its current configuration
Activating a system profile
Shutting down and restarting logical partitions
Shutting down and restarting AIX in a logical partition
Shutting down AIX logical partitions
Restarting AIX logical partitions
Shutting down IBM i logical partitions
Shutting down IBM i logical partitions using the HMC
Performing a delayed shutdown of an IBM i logical partition
Performing an immediate shutdown of an IBM i logical partition
Shutting down IBM i logical partitions using Operations Console
Restarting and shutting down IBM i in a logical partition
Changing the operating mode for an IBM i logical partition
Changing the IPL type for an IBM i logical partition
Shutting down and restarting Linux in a logical partition
Shutting down Linux logical partitions
Restarting Linux logical partitions
Shutting down and restarting VIOS in a logical partition
Shutting down Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Restarting Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Managing partition profiles for logical partitions
Copying a partition profile
Changing partition profile properties
Deleting a partition profile
Managing system profiles
Copying a system profile
Changing a system profile
Validating a system profile
Deleting a system profile
Managing logical partition resources dynamically
Managing dedicated memory dynamically
Adding dedicated memory dynamically
Changing the Active Memory Expansion factor
Moving dedicated memory dynamically
Removing dedicated memory dynamically
Managing shared memory dynamically
Adding and removing logical memory dynamically
Adding and removing I/O entitled memory dynamically
Changing the Active Memory Expansion factor
Managing processor resources dynamically
Adding processor resources dynamically
Moving processor resources dynamically
Removing processor resources dynamically
Managing physical I/O devices and slots dynamically
Adding physical I/O devices and slots dynamically
Moving physical I/O devices and slots dynamically
Removing physical I/O devices and slots dynamically
Managing virtual adapters dynamically
Adding virtual adapters dynamically
Removing virtual adapters dynamically
Managing 5250 CPW dynamically
Adding 5250 CPW for IBM i logical partitions dynamically
Moving 5250 CPW for IBM i logical partitions dynamically
Removing 5250 CPW for IBM i logical partitions dynamically
Scheduling the movement of resources to and from logical partitions
Saving the logical partition configuration to a partition profile
Managing virtual resources for Virtual I/O Server logical partitions using the HMC
Changing a virtual disk for a VIOS logical partition using the HMC
Changing optical devices
Changing a storage pool for a VIOS logical partition using the HMC
Changing a physical volume for a VIOS logical partition using the HMC
Changing virtual Fibre Channel for a Virtual I/O Server using the HMC
Managing the memory configuration of a logical partition
Changing the paging VIOS partitions assigned to a shared memory partition
Changing the Active Memory Expansion factor
Changing the memory weight of a shared memory partition
Changing the memory mode
Managing dedicated memory dynamically
Adding dedicated memory dynamically
Moving dedicated memory dynamically
Removing dedicated memory dynamically
Managing shared memory dynamically
Adding and removing logical memory dynamically
Adding and removing I/O entitled memory dynamically
Obtaining additional WWPNs
Setting partition-availability priorities
Installing new hardware for IBM i logical partitions
Backing up and recovering data
Managing logical partitions that use IBM i resources
AIX
Adding virtual disk units to an AIX logical partition
Linking a network-server storage space to a network server description
Deleting network-server descriptions for an AIX logical partition
Deleting virtual disk drives for an AIX logical partition
Using IPL types when running AIX
Unlinking virtual disk drives from an AIX logical partition
Saving AIX server objects in IBM i
IBM i
Adding virtual disk units to an IBM i logical partition that uses i virtual I/O resources
Linking a network-server storage space to a network server description
Deleting network server descriptions for an IBM i logical partition that uses i virtual I/O resources
Deleting virtual disk drives for an IBM i logical partition that uses i virtual I/O resources
Using IPL types when running an IBM i logical partition that uses IBM i virtual I/O resources
Unlinking virtual disk drives from an IBM i logical partition that uses i resources
Saving IBM i server objects in i
Backing up and recovering IBM i logical partitions that use i virtual I/O resources
Linux
Adding virtual disk units to a Linux logical partition
Linking a network-server storage space to a network-server description
Deleting network server descriptions for a Linux logical partition
Deleting virtual disk drives for a Linux logical partition
Using IPL types when running Linux
Unlinking virtual disk drives from a Linux logical partition
Saving Linux server objects in IBM i
Backing up and recovering Linux logical partitions that use IBM i virtual I/O resources
Backing up and recovering files using the tar command
Saving to and restoring from a tape device
Saving to and restoring from a file
Backing up and recovering Linux logical partitions using i commands
Save Linux data by using IBM i SAV
Restore Linux data using i RST
Backing up the network server description and virtual disk drives associated with a Linux logical partition
Building a rescue image on a network storage space
Using a rescue image from a network-server storage space
Backing up network server descriptions for a Linux logical partition
Restoring network-server descriptions for a Linux logical partition
Performance
Adjusting the Active Memory Expansion configuration to improve performance
Performance considerations for shared memory partitions
Performance considerations for overcommitted shared memory partitions
Factors that influence the performance of shared memory partitions
Performance statistics for shared memory
Adjusting the shared memory configuration to improve performance
Determining the I/O entitled memory for a shared memory partition
Security
Troubleshooting IBM i logical partitions
Debugging network server description error messages for AIX logical partitions
Troubleshooting errors for Linux partitions using IBM i virtual I/O resources
Debugging network server description error messages
Troubleshooting Linux virtual tape errors
Situations requiring the assistance of an authorized service provider
Reference Code finder
Integrated Virtualization Manager
What is new
Partitioning with the Integrated Virtualization Manager
PDF file
Integrated Virtualization Manager PDF
System plans PDF
Planning
Supported server models for Integrated Virtualization Manager
Operating system support for logical partitions on POWER7 processor-based servers that are managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Planning for a server
IBM i restrictions
Installing
Installing the Integrated Virtualization Manager on IBM Power Systems
Installing the Integrated Virtualization Manager on BladeCenter
Finishing the installation
Connecting to the Integrated Virtualization Manager Web-based interface
Connecting to the Virtual I/O Server command-line interface
Configuring the management and client logical partitions
Entering the activation code with Integrated Virtualization Manager
Changing memory and processor resources on the management partition
Setting the maximum number of virtual resources
Mirroring the management partition
Configuring storage on the managed system
Creating storage pools
Creating virtual disks
Configuring virtual fibre channel on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Configuring virtual Ethernet on the managed system
Configuring virtual Ethernet bridges on the managed system
Assigning a Host Ethernet Adapter port to a logical partition
Dynamically managing physical adapters
Creating client logical partitions
Creating client logical partitions by using the Create Partitions wizard
Creating a partition based on an existing partition
Managing
Viewing and modifying system properties
Managing the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Defining the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Changing the shared memory pool size by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Adding or removing paging space devices by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Deleting the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Managing partitions
Activating logical partitions
Adding a client logical partition to the partition workload group
Deleting logical partitions
Dynamically managing memory
Dynamically managing physical adapters
Dynamically managing processing power
Modifying partition properties
Managing memory properties for shared memory partitions
Migrating a client logical partition to another managed system
Opening a virtual terminal session
Shutting down logical partitions
Using the operator panel service functions
Viewing or modifying the status of a migrating partition
Viewing partition reference codes
Managing storage devices
Creating virtual optical devices
Modifying virtual disks
Modifying storage pools
Modifying physical volumes
Modifying the virtual Fibre Channel on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Viewing virtual fibre channel connections for a partition on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Modifying optical devices
Modifying physical tape devices
Managing Ethernet
Changing the TCP/IP settings on the Virtual I/O Server
Creating a virtual Ethernet adapter
Viewing virtual Ethernet settings
Updating the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Migrating the Virtual I/O Server from DVD
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode through the Integrated Virtualization Manager with an Internet connection
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode through the Integrated Virtualization Manager without an Internet connection
Installing or replacing a PCI adapter with the sytem power on in Virtual I/O Server
Creating and modifying user accounts
User roles
Creating user accounts
Changing user properties
Changing password settings
Removing user accounts
Changing user passwords
Editing your user profile
Troubleshooting the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Activating the Electronic Service Agent on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Backing up and restoring partition data
Backing up virtual media and user files to tape
Restoring virtual media and user files from tape
Viewing application logs
Viewing application log properties
Monitoring tasks
Viewing hardware inventory
Recovering virtual optical device settings
Connecting an HMC to a system managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager
PowerVM Editions
What's new in PowerVM Editions
PowerVM Editions overview
PowerVM Express Edition
PowerVM Standard Edition
PowerVM Enterprise Edition
Entering a PowerVM Editions activation code
Entering the activation code with Integrated Virtualization Manager
Entering the activation code with HMC
Entering the activation code for PowerVM Editions using the SDMC
Micro-Partitioning technology
Shared processors
Virtual processors
Active Memory Sharing
Overview of shared memory
Example: A shared memory configuration that is logically overcommitted
Example: A shared memory configuration that is physically overcommitted
Virtual I/O Server
What's new in Virtual I/O Server
PDF file
Virtual I/O Server PDF
Virtual I/O Server overview
Operating system support for VIOS client logical partitions
Components of the Virtual I/O Server
Virtual Fibre Channel
Virtual Fibre Channel for HMC-managed systems
Virtual Fibre Channel on IVM-managed systems
Virtual SCSI
Virtual I/O Server storage subsystem overview
Physical storage
Physical volumes
Logical volumes
Volume groups
Physical partitions
Logical partitions
Quorums
Virtual media repository
Clusters
Storage pools
Optical devices
Tape
Virtual storage
Disk
Optical
Tape
Device compatibility in a Virtual I/O Server environment
Determining whether a physical volume is managed by UDID or IEEE
Mapping devices
Virtual networking
Host Ethernet Adapter
IPv6
Link Aggregation or EtherChannel devices
Virtual Ethernet adapters
Virtual local area networks
Shared Ethernet Adapters
Shared memory
Paging VIOS partition
Virtual I/O Server management
Virtual I/O Server command-line interface
Tivoli software
IBM Systems Director software
Scenarios
Scenario: Configuring a Virtual I/O Server without VLAN tagging
Scenario: Configuring a Virtual I/O Server using VLAN tagging
Scenario: Configuring Shared Ethernet Adapter failover
Scenario: Configuring Shared Ethernet Adapter failover with load sharing
Scenario: Configuring Network Interface Backup in AIX client logical partitions without VLAN tagging
Scenario: Configuring Multi-Path I/O for AIX client logical partitions
Planning
Planning for Virtual I/O Server and client logical partitions by using system plans
Specifications required to create the Virtual I/O Server
Limitations and restrictions of the Virtual I/O Server configuration
Capacity planning
Planning for virtual SCSI
Latency
Bandwidth
Sizing considerations
Planning for Shared Ethernet Adapters
Network requirements
Adapter selection
Processor allocation
Memory allocation
Configuration requirements for shared memory
Redundancy considerations
Client logical partitions
Multipath I/O
Mirroring for client logical partitions
PowerHA SystemMirror in the Virtual I/O Server
Link Aggregation or EtherChannel devices
Shared Ethernet Adapter failover
Shared Ethernet Adapters for load sharing
Virtual I/O Server logical partition
Multipathing
RAID
Link Aggregation or EtherChannel devices
Redundancy configuration using virtual Fibre Channel adapters
Security considerations
IBM i restrictions
Installing
Installing with an HMC Version 7, release 7.1, or later
Entering the activation code with HMC Version 7
Creating the Virtual I/O Server logical partition on an HMC managed system
Manually creating the Virtual I/O Server logical partition on an HMC managed system
Creating the Virtual I/O Server logical partition by deploying a system plan on an HMC POWER7 managed system
Installing the Virtual I/O Server from the HMC
Installing the Virtual I/O Server from CD or DVD
Finishing the installation
Viewing and accepting the license
Reinstalling the Virtual I/O Server
Migrating
Migrating the Virtual I/O Server from the HMC
Migrating the Virtual I/O Server from a downloaded image
Migrating the Virtual I/O Server from DVD
Configuring
Configuring virtual SCSI
Creating a virtual target device
Mapping to a physical or logical volume
Mapping to a file or logical volume
Mapping to a file-backed virtual optical device
Setting the reserve policy attributes of a device
Creating logical volume storage pools
Creating file storage pools
Creating the virtual media repository
Creating volume groups and logical volumes
Configure support for SCSI-2 reserve functions
Configure support to export the PPRC secondary disk to client partitions
Identifying exportable disks
Getting started with shared storage pools by using the VIOS command-line interface
Configuring the system to create shared storage pools
Managing a cluster by using the VIOS command line
Creating a cluster with a single Virtual I/O Server (VIOS) logical partition
Adding a Virtual I/O Server (VIOS) logical partition to a cluster
Removing a Virtual I/O Server (VIOS) logical partition from a cluster
Deleting a cluster
Managing storage pools by using the VIOS command line
Adding storage space to the storage pool
Adding physical volumes to the storage pool
Replacing physical volumes in the storage pool
Changing the storage threshold
Managing logical units by using the VIOS command line
Provisioning client partitions with logical unit storage
Creating logical units
Enabling the logical unit backed storage
Unmapping a logical unit
Removing logical units
Migrating a cluster configuration to the VIOS Version 2.2.1.0, or later
Getting started with shared storage pools by using the VIOS configuration menu
Managing a cluster by using the VIOS configuration menu
Creating a cluster
Listing all clusters
Deleting a cluster
Adding VIOS nodes to a cluster
Deleting VIOS nodes from a cluster
Listing VIOS nodes in a cluster
Managing storage pools by using the VIOS configuration menu
Listing storage pools in a cluster
Listing physical volumes in the storage pool
Adding storage space to the storage pool
Adding physical volumes to the storage pool
Replacing physical volumes in the storage pool
Listing physical volumes in the storage pool
Setting and modifying the storage pool threshold alert
Listing the threshold alert value of the storage pool
Changing the threshold alert value of the storage pool
Removing the threshold alert value of the storage pool
Managing logical units by using the VIOS configuration menu
Creating and mapping logical units
Creating logical units
Mapping logical units
Unmapping logical units
Unmapping logical units by logical unit name
Unmapping logical units by virtual server adapter name
Unmapping logical units by virtual target device name
Deleting a logical unit
Listing logical units
Listing logical unit maps
Creating a logical unit snapshot
Listing logical unit snapshots
Listing snapshots for a logical unit
Listing logical units in a snapshot
Listing all logical unit snapshots
Rolling back to the logical unit snapshot
Deleting a logical unit snapshot
Getting started with PowerSC Trusted Logging
Virtual log repositories
Virtual logs
Virtual log devices
Configuring the virtual log repository
Creating a virtual log
Listing virtual logs or virtual log devices
Reconfiguring virtual logs or virtual log devices
Removing virtual logs or virtual log devices
Live Partition Mobility of virtual log devices
Virtual log devices with shared storage pools
Benefits of using virtual log devices with shared storage pools
Using virtual log devices with shared storage pools
Getting started with PowerSC Trusted Firewall
Configuring virtual Ethernet
Creating a virtual Ethernet adapter by using HMC Version 7
Configuring a Shared Ethernet Adapter
Configuring a Link Aggregation or EtherChannel device
Assigning the virtual Fibre Channel adapter to a physical Fibre Channel adapter
Configuring the Tivoli agents and clients
Configuring the IBM Tivoli Monitoring agent
Configuring the IBM Tivoli Usage and Accounting Manager agent
Configuring the IBM Tivoli Storage Manager client
Configuring the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center agents
Configuring the IBM Director agent
Configuring the Virtual I/O Server as an LDAP client
Managing
Managing storage
Importing and exporting volume groups and logical volume storage pools
Importing
Exporting
Mapping virtual disks to physical disks
Increasing virtual SCSI device capacity
Changing the virtual SCSI queue depth
Backing up and restoring files and file systems
Managing storage using TPC
Managing networks
Changing the network configuration of the Virtual I/O Server logical partition
Dynamically adding or removing VLANs on the Virtual I/O Server
Enabling and disabling GVRP
Managing SNMP
Upgrading to IPv6
Subscribing to product updates
Updating the Virtual I/O Server
Backing up the Virtual I/O Server
Backing up to tape
Backing up to one or more DVDs
Backing up to a remote file system by creating a nim_resources.tar file
Backing up to a remote file system by creating a mksysb image
Backing up user-defined virtual devices
Backing up user-defined virtual devices by using the backupios command
Backing up user-defined virtual devices by using the viosbr command
Scheduling backups
By creating a script and crontab file entry
Using the viosbr command
Backing up by using Tivoli Storage Manager
Automated backup
Incremental backup
Restoring the Virtual I/O Server
Restoring from tape
Restoring from one or more DVDs
Restoring from the HMC using a nim_resources.tar file
Restoring from a NIM server using a mksysb file
Restoring user-defined virtual devices
Restoring user-defined virtual devices manually
Restoring user-defined virtual devices by using the viosbr command
Restoring using Tivoli Storage Manager
Installing or replacing a PCI adapter with the system power on in Virtual I/O Server
Shutting down logical partitions
Viewing information and statistics
Monitoring
Security
Connecting using OpenSSH
Configuring security hardening
Configuring firewall settings
Configuring a Kerberos client
Using role-based access control
Managing users
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting the Virtual I/O Server logical partition
Troubleshooting virtual SCSI problems
Correcting a failed Shared Ethernet Adapter configuration
Debugging problems with Ethernet connectivity
Enabling noninteractive shells
Recovering when disks cannot be located
Troubleshooting AIX client logical partitions
Performance data collection for analysis by the IBM Electronic Service Agent
Reference
Command descriptions
Configuration attributes for IBM Tivoli agents and clients
GVRP statistics
Network attributes
SEA failover statistics
SEA statistics
User types
Integrated Virtualization Manager
What is new
Partitioning with the Integrated Virtualization Manager
PDF file
Integrated Virtualization Manager PDF
System plans PDF
Planning
Supported server models for Integrated Virtualization Manager
Operating system support for logical partitions on POWER7 processor-based servers that are managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Planning for a server
IBM i restrictions
Installing
Installing the Integrated Virtualization Manager on IBM Power Systems
Installing the Integrated Virtualization Manager on BladeCenter
Finishing the installation
Connecting to the Integrated Virtualization Manager Web-based interface
Connecting to the Virtual I/O Server command-line interface
Configuring the management and client logical partitions
Entering the activation code with Integrated Virtualization Manager
Changing memory and processor resources on the management partition
Setting the maximum number of virtual resources
Mirroring the management partition
Configuring storage on the managed system
Creating storage pools
Creating virtual disks
Configuring virtual fibre channel on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Configuring virtual Ethernet on the managed system
Configuring virtual Ethernet bridges on the managed system
Assigning a Host Ethernet Adapter port to a logical partition
Dynamically managing physical adapters
Creating client logical partitions
Creating client logical partitions by using the Create Partitions wizard
Creating a partition based on an existing partition
Managing
Viewing and modifying system properties
Managing the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Defining the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Changing the shared memory pool size by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Adding or removing paging space devices by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Deleting the shared memory pool by using the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Managing partitions
Activating logical partitions
Adding a client logical partition to the partition workload group
Deleting logical partitions
Dynamically managing memory
Dynamically managing physical adapters
Dynamically managing processing power
Modifying partition properties
Managing memory properties for shared memory partitions
Migrating a client logical partition to another managed system
Opening a virtual terminal session
Shutting down logical partitions
Using the operator panel service functions
Viewing or modifying the status of a migrating partition
Viewing partition reference codes
Managing storage devices
Creating virtual optical devices
Modifying virtual disks
Modifying storage pools
Modifying physical volumes
Modifying the virtual Fibre Channel on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Viewing virtual fibre channel connections for a partition on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Modifying optical devices
Modifying physical tape devices
Managing Ethernet
Changing the TCP/IP settings on the Virtual I/O Server
Creating a virtual Ethernet adapter
Viewing virtual Ethernet settings
Updating the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Migrating the Virtual I/O Server from DVD
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode through the Integrated Virtualization Manager with an Internet connection
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode through the Integrated Virtualization Manager without an Internet connection
Installing or replacing a PCI adapter with the sytem power on in Virtual I/O Server
Creating and modifying user accounts
User roles
Creating user accounts
Changing user properties
Changing password settings
Removing user accounts
Changing user passwords
Editing your user profile
Troubleshooting the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Activating the Electronic Service Agent on the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Backing up and restoring partition data
Backing up virtual media and user files to tape
Restoring virtual media and user files from tape
Viewing application logs
Viewing application log properties
Monitoring tasks
Viewing hardware inventory
Recovering virtual optical device settings
Connecting an HMC to a system managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager
Live Partition Mobility
What's new in Live Partition Mobility
PDF file for Live Partition Mobility
Live Partition Mobility PDF
Hardware Management Console
Overview of partition mobility
Benefits of partition mobility
Process of partition mobility
Configuration validation for partition mobility
Logical partition attributes that change
Processor compatibility modes
Processor compatibility mode definitions
Current and preferred modes
Enhanced modes
Migration combinations of processor compatibility modes
Combinations for active partition mobility
Combinations for inactive partition mobility
Examples
Partition mobility environment
Source and destination servers
HMC
Source and destination Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Mobile partition
Software applications
Network configuration
Storage configuration
Basic storage configuration
Redundancy configurations
Preparing for partition mobility
Preparing the source and destination servers
Determining the available physical memory on the destination server
Determining the available I/O entitled memory on the destination server
Defining the partition profile policy for inactive partition mobility
Verifying the destination server for Active Memory Expansion
Verifying that the destination server supports suspend-capable partitions
Determining the reserved storage device size in the destination server
Verifying that the destination server supports Trusted Boot
Determining the trusted system key in the destination server
Determining the number of available VTPMs in the destination server
Verifying that the destination server supports migration of IBM i mobile partitions
Verifying that the destination server supports the restricted I/O mode
Verifying that the IBM i mobile partition is in the restricted I/O mode
Determining available processors on the destination server
Preparing the HMC
Verifying SSH authentication between the source and destination HMCs
Preparing the source and destination Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Enabling the source and destination mover service partitions
Verifying the paging space device
Synchronizing the time-of-day clocks
Preparing the mobile partition
Configuration requirements to migrate IBM i mobile partitions
Verifying RMC connections
Verifying the processor compatibility mode
Disabling redundant error-path reporting
Disabling virtual serial adapters
Removing the mobile partition from a partition workload group
Disabling BSR arrays
Disabling huge pages
Removing Host Ethernet Adapters
Preparing the network configuration
Configuring secure IP tunnels
Preparing the virtual SCSI configuration
Setting the reserve policy attributes of a device
Verifying the virtual adapter connections to the source Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Verifying that the mobile partition has access to its physical storage
Specifying a new name for a virtual target device to use on a destination VIOS partition
Preparing the virtual Fibre Channel configuration
Identifying the WWPNs that are assigned to a virtual Fibre Channel adapter
Verifying the virtual adapter connections to the source Virtual I/O Server logical partitions
Validating the configuration for partition mobility
Moving the mobile partition
Moving the mobile partition with HMC
Adding the mobile partition to a partition workload group
Moving the suspended mobile partition with the HMC command-line interface
Resuming the suspended mobile partition with HMC
Shutting down the suspended mobile partition with HMC
Moving the mobile partition with SMIT
Troubleshooting partition mobility
Troubleshooting active partition mobility
Troubleshooting inactive partition mobility
Virtual I/O Server errors
Reference Code finder
Integrated Virtualization Manager
Overview of partition mobility
Benefits of partition mobility
Process of partition mobility
Configuration validation for partition mobility
Logical partition attributes that change
Processor compatibility modes
Processor compatibility mode definitions
Current and preferred modes
Enhanced modes
Migration combinations of processor compatibility modes
Combinations for active partition mobility
Combinations for inactive partition mobility
Combinations for earlier versions of the IVM
Examples
Partition mobility environment
Source and destination servers
IVM
Software applications
Network configuration
Storage configuration
Preparing for partition mobility
Preparing the source and destination servers
Determining the available physical memory on the destination server
Determining the available I/O entitled memory on the destination server
Determining available processors on the destination server
Preparing the source and destination management partitions
Verifying the paging space device
Preparing the mobile partition
Verifying the processor compatibility mode
Removing the mobile partition from a partition workload group
Preparing the network configuration
Configuring secure IP tunnels
Preparing the virtual SCSI configuration
Setting the reserve policy attributes of a device
Verifying that the mobile partition has access to its physical storage
Specifying a new name for a virtual target device to use on a destination management partition
Preparing the virtual Fibre Channel configuration
Verifying the number of available physical ports on the destination management partition
Validating the configuration for partition mobility
Moving the mobile partition
Reference Code finder
Virtual I/O Server and Integrated Virtualization Manager commands
What's new in Virtual I/O Server and Integrated Virtualization Manager commands
PDF file for the Virtual I/O Server and Integrated Virtualization Manager commands
Virtual I/O Server and Integrated Virtualization Manager commands PDF
Alphabetical list of commands
What's new in Virtual I/O Server and Integrated Virtualization Manager commands
activatevg command
alert command
alt_root_vg command
artexdiff Command
artexget Command
artexlist Command
artexmerge Command
artexset Command
backup command
backupios command
IVM bkprofdata command
bootlist command
cattracerpt command
cfgassist command
cfgdev command
cfglnagg command
cfgnamesrv command
cfgsvc command
chauth command
chbdsp command
chdate command
chdev command
chedition command
IVM chhwres command
chkdev command
chlang command
IVM chled command
IVM chlparutil command
chlv command
chpath command
chrep command
chrole command
chsp command
IVM chsvcevent command
IVM chsyscfg command
IVM chsysstate command
chtcpip command
chuser command
IVM chvet command
chvfilt command
chvg command
chvopt command
chvlog command
chvlrepo command
cleandisk command
cluster command
cl_snmp command
cplv command
cpvdi command
deactivatevg command
diagmenu command
dsmc command
entstat command
errlog command
exportvg command
extendlv command
extendvg command
fcstat command
fsck command
genvfilt command
hostmap command
hostname command
importvg command
installios command
invscout command
ioslevel Command
ldapadd command
ldapsearch command
ldfware command
license command
loadopt command
loginmsg command
IVM lpar_netboot command
IVM lpcfgop command
lsauth command
lsdev command
lsfailedlogin command
lsfware command
lsgcl command
IVM lshwres command
IVM lsled command
lslparinfo command
IVM lslparmigr command
IVM lslparutil command
lslv command
lsmap command
IVM lsmemdev command
lsnetsvc command
lsnports command
lspath command
lspv command
IVM lsrefcode command
lsrep command
lsrole command
lssecattr command
lssp command
lssvc command
IVM lssvcevents command
lssw command
IVM lssyscfg command
IVM lssysconn command
lstcpip command
lsuser command
IVM lsvet command
lsvfilt command
lsvg command
lsvlog command
lsvlrepo command
lsvopt command
migratepv command
IVM migrlpar command
mirrorios command
mkauth command
IVM mkauthkeys command
mkbdsp command
IVM mkgencfg command
mkkrb5clnt command
mkldap command
mklv command
mklvcopy command
mkpath command
mkrole command
mkrep command
mksp command
IVM mksvcevent command
IVM mksyscfg command
mktcpip command
mkuser command
mkvdev command
mkvfilt command
mkvg command
mkvlog command
mkvopt command
mkvt command
motd command
mount command
netstat command
oem_platform_level command
oem_setup_env command
optimizenet command
IVM os_install Command
passwd command
pdump command
ping command
postprocesssvc command
prepdev command
redefvg command
reducevg command
remote_management command
replphyvol command
restore command
restorevgstruct command
rmauth command
rmbdsp command
rmdev command
rmlv command
rmlvcopy command
rmpath command
rmrep command
rmrole command
rmsecattr command
rmsp command
IVM rmsyscfg command
rmtcpip command
rmuser command
rmvdev command
rmvfilt command
rmvlog command
rmvopt command
rmvt command
rolelist command
IVM rsthwres command
IVM rstprofdata command
save_base command
savevgstruct command
seastat command
setkst command
setsecattr command
showmount command
shutdown command
snap command
snapshot command
snmp_info command
snmp_trap command
snmpv3_ssw command
startnetsvc command
startsvc command
startsysdump command
starttrace command
stopnetsvc command
stopsvc command
stoptrace command
svmon command
swrole command
syncvg command
sysstat command
topas command
topasrec command
tracepriv command
traceroute command
uname command
unloadopt command
unmirrorios command
unmount command
updateios command
vasistat command
vfcmap command
viosbr command
viosecure command
viostat command
vlantfw command
vmstat command
wkldagent command
wkldmgr command
wkldout command
Categorical list of commands
Device commands
cfgdev command
chdev command
chkdev command
chpath command
cpvdi command
lsdev command
lsmap command
lsnports command
lspath command
mkkrb5clnt command
mkpath command
mkvdev command
prepdev command
rmdev command
rmpath command
rmvdev command
save_base command
snmpv3_ssw command
vfcmap command
Installation commands
bootlist command
cfgassist command
installios command
ioslevel Command
license command
lssw command
oem_platform_level command
oem_setup_env command
remote_management command
updateios command
IBM Systems Director agent commands
cfgsvc command
chedition command
lssvc command
postprocesssvc command
startsvc command
stopsvc command
IBM Tivoli Monitoring agent commands
cfgsvc command
lssvc command
postprocesssvc command
startsvc command
stopsvc command
IBM Tivoli Storage agent commands
cfgsvc command
dsmc command
postprocesssvc command
startsvc command
stopsvc command
IBM Tivoli Usage and Accounting Manager agent commands
cfgsvc command
lssvc command
postprocesssvc command
startsvc command
stopsvc command
IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center agent commands
cfgsvc command
lssvc command
postprocesssvc command
startsvc command
stopsvc command
Integrated Virtualization Manager commands
IVM bkprofdata command
IVM chhwres command
IVM chled command
IVM chlparutil command
IVM chsvcevent command
IVM chsyscfg command
IVM chsysstate command
IVM chvet command
IVM lpar_netboot command
IVM lpcfgop command
IVM lshwres command
IVM lsled command
IVM lslparmigr command
IVM lslparutil command
IVM lsmemdev command
IVM lsrefcode command
IVM lssvcevents command
IVM lssyscfg command
IVM lssysconn command
IVM lsvet command
IVM migrlpar command
IVM mkauthkeys command
IVM mkgencfg command
IVM mksvcevent command
IVM mksyscfg command
IVM os_install Command
IVM rmsyscfg command
IVM rsthwres command
IVM rstprofdata command
Logical volume commands
chlv command
cplv command
extendlv command
lslv command
mklv command
mklvcopy command
rmlv command
rmlvcopy command
Maintenance commands
backup command
backupios command
bootlist command
cattracerpt command
chdate command
chlang command
diagmenu command
errlog command
fsck command
fcstat command
invscout command
ldfware command
loginmsg command
lsfware command
lslparinfo command
motd command
mount command
pdump command
restore command
restorevgstruct command
savevgstruct command
shutdown command
showmount command
snap command
startsysdump command
starttrace command
stoptrace command
svmon command
sysstat command
topas command
topasrec command
unmount command
uname command
vasistat command
viosbr command
viostat command
vmstat command
Network commands
cfglnagg command
cfgnamesrv command
chtcpip command
cl_snmp command
entstat command
hostmap command
hostname command
lsnetsvc command
lstcpip command
mktcpip command
netstat command
optimizenet command
ping command
rmtcpip command
seastat command
snmp_info command
snmp_trap command
startnetsvc command
stopnetsvc command
traceroute command
Physical volume commands
lspv command
migratepv command
replphyvol command
Runtime Expert commands
artexdiff Command
artexget Command
artexlist Command
artexmerge Command
artexset Command
Security commands
chauth command
chrole command
lsauth command
lsfailedlogin command
lsgcl command
lsrole command
lssecattr command
mkauth command
mkrole command
rmauth command
rmrole command
rmsecattr command
rolelist command
setkst command
setsecattr command
swrole command
tracepriv command
viosecure command
Standard shell commands
Storage pool commands
chbdsp command
chsp command
lssp command
mkbdsp command
mksp command
rmbdsp command
rmsp command
User ID commands
chuser command
ldapadd command
ldapsearch command
lsuser command
mkldap command
mkuser command
passwd command
Virtual media repository commands
chrep command
chvopt command
loadopt command
lsrep command
lsvopt command
mkrep command
mkvopt command
rmrep command
rmvopt command
unloadopt command
Virtual terminals commands
mkvt command
rmvt command
Volume group commands
activatevg command
alt_root_vg command
chvg command
deactivatevg command
exportvg command
extendvg command
importvg command
lsvg command
mirrorios command
mkvg command
redefvg command
reducevg command
syncvg command
unmirrorios command
Workload manager commands
wkldagent command
wkldmgr command
wkldout command
Reading syntax diagrams
Exit status for Virtual I/O Server commands
Capacity on Demand
What's new in Capacity on Demand
PDF file for Capacity on demand
Capacity on demand
Capacity on Demand offerings
Preparing for Capacity on Demand
Capacity on Demand software licensing considerations
Determining when to activate resources
Processor sparing and memory sparing
Moving activations
Planning for Capacity on Demand
Setting up your environment for Capacity on Demand
Capacity Upgrade on Demand
Capacity Upgrade on Demand concepts
Capacity Upgrade on Demand processor cores and memory units
Capacity Upgrade on Demand activation codes
Ordering Capacity Upgrade on Demand activation features
Using Capacity Upgrade on Demand from ASMI
Activating Capacity Upgrade on Demand
Viewing settings for Capacity on Demand resources
Viewing and saving Capacity on Demand code-generation information
Trial Capacity on Demand
Trial Capacity on Demand concepts
Ordering Trial Capacity on Demand
Using Trial Capacity on Demand
Activating Trial Capacity on Demand
Stopping Trial Capacity on Demand
Returning Capacity on Demand resources
Entering a Capacity Upgrade on Demand activation while running Trial Capacity on Demand
Viewing settings for Trial Capacity on Demand resources
Viewing and saving Trial Capacity on Demand code-generation information
On/Off Capacity on Demand
On/Off Capacity on Demand concepts
On/Off Capacity on Demand processor days or memory days
On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement code
Billing for On/Off Capacity on Demand
Billing when changing a running On/Off Capacity on Demand request
Billing when testing your On/Off Capacity on Demand activations
Ordering On/Off Capacity on Demand
Using On/Off Capacity on Demand
Enabling On/Off Capacity on Demand
Activating On/Off Capacity on Demand
Establishing monthly reporting to IBM
Stopping an On/Off Capacity on Demand request
Changing a running On/Off Capacity on Demand request
Testing your On/Off Capacity on Demand activations
Discontinuing On/Off Capacity on Demand
Returning On/Off Capacity on Demand resources
Viewing settings for On/Off Capacity on Demand resources
Viewing and saving On/Off Capacity on Demand information
Utility Capacity on Demand
Utility Capacity on Demand concepts
Utility Capacity on Demand enablement code
Utility Capacity on Demand processor minutes
Utility Capacity on Demand billing features
Using Utility Capacity on Demand
Enabling Utility Capacity on Demand
Discontinuing Utility Capacity on Demand
Reporting Utility Capacity on Demand processor minutes
Paying for Utility Capacity on Demand processor minutes
Entering Utility CoD enablement codes and reporting codes
Reviewing used or reported processor minutes
Setting a usage limit on processor minutes
Obtaining the information needed to report processor minutes
Capacity BackUp
Processors available for Capacity BackUp
Software licensing considerations for Capacity BackUp
PowerVM Editions (PowerVM)
PowerVM Editions concepts
Ordering PowerVM Editions features
Using PowerVM Editions
Activating PowerVM Editions
Viewing history log for PowerVM Editions activations
Viewing and saving PowerVM Editions technologies code-generation information
Other Capacity on Demand Advanced Functions
Related information for Capacity on Demand
Unlocking the activation code interface
Managing devices
PDF file for Managing devices
Managing devices PDF
Managing tape drives
Tape drives
Tape drive media
Preparing the tape drive for installation
800/1600 GB Ultrium 4 SAS tape drive (FC 5746)
Eject button functions on the tape drive (FC 5746)
Status lights (FC 5746)
Tape cartridges (FC 5746)
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5746)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5746)
Maintenance mode (FC 5746)
Resetting the tape drive
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5746)
1.5/3.0 TB Ultrium 5 SAS tape drive (FC 5638)
Eject button functions on the tape drive (FC 5638)
Status lights (FC 5638)
Tape cartridges (FC 5638)
Setting the write-protect switch
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5638)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Maintenance mode (FC 5638)
Resetting the tape drive
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5638)
200/400 GB Half High Ultrium 2 tape drive (FC 5755)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5755)
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5755)
Status lights (FC 5755)
Tape cartridges (FC 5755)
Resetting the tape drive (FC 5755)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 5755)
160/320 GB internal tape drive VXA-320 (FC 6279)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6120 and 6279)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6279)
Status lights (FC 6279)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 6120 or 6279)
Tape cartridges (FC 6279)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB internal tape drive VXA-2 (FC 6120)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6120 and 6279)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6120)
Status lights (FC 6120)
Performing the internal self-test (FC 6120 or 6279)
Tape cartridges (FC 6120)
Resetting the tape drive
60/150 GB 16-bit 8-mm internal tape drive (FC 6134)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6134)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6134)
Status lights (FC 6134)
Tape cartridges (FC 6134)
Resetting the tape drive
36/72 GB Data72 4 mm internal tape drive (FC 6258 or 5907)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 6258 or 5907)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 6258 or 5907)
Status lights (FC 6258 or 5907)
Tape cartridges (FC 6258 or 5907)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive (FC 5619)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5619)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5619)
Status lights (FC 5619)
Tape cartridges (FC 5619)
Resetting the tape drive
80/160 GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive (FC 1124)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 1124)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 1124)
Status lights (FC 1124)
Tape cartridges (FC 1124)
Resetting the tape drive
160/320 GB DAT320 SAS Tape Drive (FC 5661)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5661)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch (FC 5661)
Status lights (FC 5661)
Tape cartridges (FC 5661)
Resetting the tape drive
160/320 GB DAT320 USB Tape Drive (FC 5673)
Cleaning the tape drive (FC 5673)
Loading and unloading cartridges
Setting the write-protect switch
Status lights (FC 5673)
Tape cartridges (FC 5673)
Resetting the tape drive
Managing DVD drives
IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (FC 5756)
IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive (FC 5757)
SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (FC 5743)
SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive (FC 5762)
Handling and storing the DVD media
Opening a DVD tray manually
DVD-RAM type II disc
Managing diskette drives
External USB 1.44 MB diskette drive (FC 2591)
Managing disk devices
Managing removable disk drives
USB Removable Disk Drive (FC 1103, 1104, 1106, 1107, 1123)
Managing communications devices
LAN-Attached Remote Asynchronous Node 16 (model 7036-P16)
7036-P16 description and overview
Installing 7036-P16 hardware
Installing Digi RealPort software for the 7036-P16 device
Configuring the 7036-P16 device and tty
Configuring the 7036-P16 into the network
Using diagnostic aids for the 7036-P16
Replacing and reconfiguring the 7036-P16
Field replacement units for the 7036-P16
High-performance computing clusters using InfiniBand hardware
Working with operating systems and software applications
Installing AIX
Installing IBM i
Installing Linux
Troubleshooting, service and support
Beginning troubleshooting and problem analysis
PDF file for Beginning troubleshooting and problem analysis
Beginning troubleshooting and problem analysis PDF
Beginning problem analysis
AIX and Linux problem analysis
IBM i problem analysis
Problem analysis for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Isolating InfiniBand switch link errors for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Collecting data for InfiniBand switch errors for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Collecting data from the cluster systems management server for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Collecting data from the fabric management server for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Collecting data for Fast Fabric Health Check for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Capturing switch CLI output using a script command for 7874-024, 7874-040, 7874-120, and 7874-240 switches
Light path diagnostics on Power Systems
Replacing FRUs using enclosure fault indicators
Service labels
Problem reporting form
Starting a repair action
Reference information for problem determination
Symptom index
IBM i server or IBM i partition symptoms
AIX server or AIX partition symptoms
MAP 0410: Repair checkout
Linux server or Linux partition symptoms
Linux fast-path problem isolation
Linux problem isolation procedure
Detecting problems
IBM i problem determination procedures
Searching the service action log
Using the product activity log
Using the problem log
Problem determination procedure for AIX or Linux servers or partitions
System unit problem determination
Management console machine code problems
Viewing the management console logs
Problem determination procedures
Disk drive module power-on self-tests
SCSI card power-on self-tests
7031-D24 or 7031-T24 disk-drive enclosure LEDs
7031-D24 or 7031-T24 maintenance analysis procedures
MAP 2010: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 START
MAP 2020: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 Power
MAP 2022: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 Power-on
MAP 2030: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 power control
MAP 2340: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 SCSI bus
MAP 2410: 7031-D24 or 7031-T24 repair verification
Analyzing problems
Problems with loading and starting the operating system (AIX and Linux)
PFW1540: Problem isolation procedures
PFW1542: I/O problem isolation procedure
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure when a management console is attached
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure without a management console attached
Problems with noncritical resources
Intermittent problems
About intermittent problems
General intermittent problem checklist
Analyzing intermittent problems
Intermittent symptoms
Failing area intermittent isolation procedures
IPL problems
Cannot perform IPL from the control panel (no SRC)
Cannot perform IPL at a specified time (no SRC)
Cannot automatically perform an IPL after a power failure
Power problems
Cannot power on system unit
Power isolation procedures
Cannot power on SPCN-controlled I/O expansion unit
Cannot power off system or SPCN-controlled I/O expansion unit
PWR1911
Reference codes
Reference codes that begin with a number sign (#)
Failing function codes, failing items, and symbolic FRUs
PDF file for failing function codes, failing items, and symbolic FRUs
Failing function codes, failing items, and symbolic FRUs PDF
Failing function codes
Failing items
Symbolic FRUs
Isolation procedures
HSL/RIO 12X isolation procedures
Bus, high-speed link (HSL/RIO/12X) isolation information
PCI bus isolation using AIX, Linux, or the management console
Verifying a high-speed link, system PCI bus, or a multi-adapter bridge repair
Analyzing a 12X or PCI bus reference code
DSA translation
Card positions
Converting the loop number to 12X port location labels
HSL loop configuration and status form
Installed features in a PCI bridge set form
RIO/HSL/12X link status diagnosis form
CONSL01
RIOIP01
RIOIP06
RIOIP08
RIOIP09
RIOIP10
RIOIP11
RIOIP12
RIOIP56
Multi-adapter bridge isolation procedures
MABIP02
MABIP03
MABIP05
MABIP50
MABIP51
MABIP52
MABIP53
MABIP54
MABIP55
MABIP56
MABIP57
Communication isolation procedure
COMIP01, COMPIP1
Disk unit isolation procedure
DSKIP03
Intermittent isolation procedures
INTIP03
INTIP05
INTIP07
INTIP08
INTIP09
INTIP14
INTIP16
INTIP18
INTIP20
INTIP24
I/O processor isolation procedures
IOPIP01
Using the product activity log
IOPIP13
IOPIP16
IOPIP17
IOPIP18
IOPIP19
IOPIP20
IOPIP21
IOPIP22
IOPIP23
IOPIP25
IOPIP26
IOPIP27
IOPIP28
IOPIP29
IOPIP30
IOPIP31
IOPIP32
IOPIP33
IOPIP34
IOPIP40
IOPIP41
Licensed Internal Code isolation procedures
LICIP01
LICIP03
LICIP04
LICIP07
LICIP08
LICIP11
LICIP12
LICIP13
LICIP14
LICIP15
LICIP16
Logical partition isolation procedure
LPRIP01
Operations console isolation procedures
OPCIP03
Power isolation procedures
Power problems
Cannot power on system unit
Cannot power off system or SPCN-controlled I/O expansion unit
Cannot power on SPCN-controlled I/O expansion unit
IQYDBPL
IQYPLNR
IQYRIEA
IQYRIEB
IQYRIRR
IQYRISC
IQYRISE
IQYRISJ
IQYRISK
IQYRISM
IQYRISQ
IQYRISR
IQYRISS
IQYRISU
IQYRISZ
PWR1900
PWR1904
PWR1905
PWR1907
PWR1909
PWR1911
PWR1912
PWR1917
PWR1918
PWR1920
PWR2402
Router isolation procedures
RTRIP01
RTRIP02
RTRIP03
RTRIP04
RTRIP05
RTRIP06
RTRIP07
RTRIP08
Serial-attached SCSI isolation procedures
SIP3110
SIP3111
SIP3112
SIP3113
SIP3120
SIP3121
SIP3130
SIP3131
SIP3132
SIP3134
SIP3140
SIP3141
SIP3142
SIP3143
SIP3144
SIP3145
SIP3146
SIP3147
SIP3148
SIP3149
SIP3150
SIP3152
SIP3153
SIP3250
SIP3254
SIP3290
SIP3295
SIP4040
SIP4041
SIP4044
SIP4047
SIP4049
SIP4050
SIP4052
SIP4053
SIP4140
SIP4141
SIP4144
SIP4147
SIP4149
SIP4150
SIP4152
SIP4153
Service processor isolation procedures
FSPSP01
FSPSP02
FSPSP03
FSPSP04
FSPSP05
FSPSP06
FSPSP07
FSPSP09
FSPSP10
FSPSP11
FSPSP12
FSPSP14
FSPSP16
FSPSP17
FSPSP18
FSPSP20
FSPSP22
FSPSP23
FSPSP24
FSPSP25
FSPSP27
FSPSP28
FSPSP29
FSPSP30
FSPSP31
FSPSP32
FSPSP33
FSPSP34
FSPSP35
FSPSP36
FSPSP38
FSPSP42
FSPSP45
FSPSP46
FSPSP47
FSPSP48
FSPSP49
FSPSP50
FSPSP51
FSPSP52
FSPSP54
FSPSP55
FSPSP56
FSPSP57
FSPSP58
FSPSP59
FSPSP60
FSPSP61
FSPSP62
FSPSP63
FSPSP64
FSPSP65
FSPSP66
FSPSP67
FSPSP68
FSPSP70
FSPSP71
FSPSP73
FSPSP75
FSPSP79
FSPSPC1
FSPSPD1
Tape unit isolation procedures
TUPIP03
TUPIP04
TUPIP06
Tape unit self-test procedure
Tape device ready conditions
Twinaxial workstation I/O processor isolation procedure
TWSIP01
Workstation adapter isolation procedure
WSAIP01
Workstation adapter console isolation procedure
Isolating problems on servers that run AIX or Linux
MAP 0210: General problem resolution
Problems with loading and starting the operating system (AIX and Linux)
SCSI service hints
MAP 0020
MAP 0030
MAP 0040
MAP 0050
Preparing for hot-plug SCSI device or cable deconfiguration
After hot-plug SCSI device or cable deconfiguration
MAP 0054
MAP 0070
MAP 0220
MAP 0230
MAP 0235
MAP 0260
MAP 0270
MAP 0280
MAP 0285
MAP 0291
MAP 4040
MAP 4041
MAP 4044
MAP 4047
MAP 4049
MAP 4050
MAP 4052
MAP 4053
MAP 4140
MAP 4141
MAP 4144
MAP 4147
MAP 4149
MAP 4150
MAP 4152
MAP 4153
MAP 5000
MAP 5001
PFW1540: Problem isolation procedures
PFW1542: I/O problem isolation procedure
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure when a management console is attached
PFW1548: Memory and processor subsystem problem isolation procedure without a management console attached
SAS fabric identification
SAS RAID configurations
IBM i service functions
PDF files for IBM i service functions
IBM i service functions
Dedicated service tools
System paging environments
Stand-alone paging (nonpaging)
Limited paging
Full paging
Accessing dedicated service tools
Performing an IPL to dedicated service tools
Using the System Request Key
Selecting function 21 from the control panel
Performing an alternate IPL to DST (type D IPL)
Changing user IDs
Changing a service tools user ID
Resetting QSECOFR service tools user ID
Using function keys in dedicated service tools
Exiting dedicated service tools
DST options
Installing Licensed Internal Code
Installing the operating system
Perform an IPL
Work with Licensed Internal Code
Work with disk units
Work with disk configuration
Display disk configuration
Work with ASP threshold
Work with ASP configuration
Work with mirrored protection
Work with device parity protection
Work with disk compression
Work with hot spare protection
Work with encryption
Work with disk unit recovery
Disk unit problem recovery procedures
Using hot spare device parity protection
Concepts for using device parity protection with hot spare disk units
Include hot spare disk units in your partition
Costs and limitations of device parity protection with hot spare disk units
Planning for hot spare device parity protected disk units
Setting up hot spare device parity protected disk units
Starting device parity protection with hot spare protection
Starting hot spare protection
Managing hot spare device parity protected disk units
Stopping hot spare protection
Determining which parity sets are hot spare protected
Displaying hot spare status
Troubleshooting hot spare device parity protection
Work with dedicated service tools environment
Work with active service tools
Work with system devices
Work with service tools user IDs
Work with system values
Work with alternate installation device
Select DST console mode
Start a service tool
Display/Alter/Dump
Licensed Internal Code log
Licensed Internal Code trace
Hardware service manager
Main storage dump manager
Product activity log
Operator panel functions
Performance data collector
Work with communications trace
Starting a trace
Communications trace limitations
SDLC communications trace considerations
LAN communications trace considerations
Perform automatic installation of the operating system
Save Licensed Internal Code
Work with save storage and restore storage
Work with remote service support
Allowing access for remote service support
Activating remote service support
Work with system partitions
Work with system capacity
Work with system security
End batch restricted state
Hardware service manager
Hardware service manager options
Packaging hardware resources
Logical hardware resources
Locate resource by name
Failed and non-reporting resources
System Power Control Network
Work with service action log
Display label location work sheet
Device concurrent maintenance
Work with resources containing cache battery packs
Collecting information and performing functions from the hardware service manager displays
Change resource details
Concurrent maintenance
Create frame information
Debug the resource
Display address
Display associated resources
Display card gap information
Display failed resources
Display hardware contained within package
Display location
Display non-reporting resources
Display resources associated with IOP
Display resource details
Display resources requiring attention
Display resource status
Display serial/part numbers, logical address, and status/resource name information
Display system bus resources
Display system information
Display unresolved locations
Print
Refresh the display
Remove non-reporting resource information
Reserve frame space
Using high-speed link specific options
Display detail
Display system information
Display port information
Resources associated with loop
Verify resources
Symbols on the hardware service manager displays
Printing the system configuration list
Verification procedures
Hardware service manager Verify option
Verifying optical storage unit
Verifying tape
Verifying communications
Product activity log
Service action log
Product activity log location
Recovering from product activity log errors while in DST
Paging environment
Options for the product activity log
Analyze log
Display or print by log ID
Changing product activity log sizes
Working with removable media lifetime statistics
Displaying or printing removable media session statistics
Reference code description
Function keys for the product activity log
Sort by ... function
Address information function
View description function
Hexadecimal product activity log data
Interpreting product activity log reports
Considerations when interpreting product activity log reports
Resource name
Resource type, model, and location
Class
System reference code field
Multiple SRC entries
Logical address format
Sequence number
Secondary code
Table ID
IPL source/state
Hexadecimal report
Examples: Obtaining additional information from hexadecimal reports
Service reference procedures
Setting the system date and time
Determining the dominant operating system
System password
System unique identifier
Primary consoles or alternative consoles
Locating the system's load source from the system console
History file
Low-level debug and data collecting procedures
Displaying data for functions 63 and 64
Logical partitions
Examples: Missing or non-reporting system bus resources
Accessing the control panel functions of a logical partition
cluster command
Determining whether an expansion unit is configured as switchable under OptiConnect
Determining the power controlling and current logical system ownership of an expansion unit
Determining the resource name and HSL loop number of an HSL I/O bridge
Switching ownership of an expansion unit's switchable resources
Switching the mode of an expansion unit's switchable resources
Adding expansion units to a large configuration with SPCN firmware update control
Control panel functions
Values for IPL types, system operating modes, and speeds
Accessing the control panel functions
Service extended control panel functions
Using Sub-functions
Functions 50 to 54–Reserved CE functions
Function 55–Platform dump override
Functions 56 to 62–Reserved
Low-level debug panel functions
Function 63–System status SRC trace
Function 64–Diagnostic status SRC trace
Function 65–Deactivate remote service
Function 66–Activate remote service
Function 67–Disk unit IOP reset/reload
Function 68–Concurrent maintenance – power off
Function 69–Concurrent maintenance – power on
Function 70–IOP dump
Functions 71 to 99–reserved
System reference code information
SRC formats
Word 1 - SRC general information
Word 2 - System status information
Main Storage Dump Indicator (M)
IPL State Indicator (I)
IPL Type Last Initiated Indicator (G)
System reference codes
Displaying system reference codes
System reference code format descriptions
Hardware SRC formats
Licensed Internal Code detected problem reference code formats
IPL status SRCs
Initial program load information
IPL type, mode, and speed options
Methods to perform IPL
Alternate installation IPL
Platform IPL sequence
Service processor initialization
Licensed Internal Code initialization
Log entries
Status SRCs
Licensed Internal Code
Fixes and cumulative PTF packages
Displaying Licensed Internal Code fixes
Utilities to install and restore IBM i Licensed Internal Code
Utility to install Licensed Internal Code
Utility to restore Licensed Internal Code
Authorized program analysis report
System architecture and configuration
System power overview
Power supply
Battery power unit
System power control network
SPCN menu flow
Fields on the System Power Control Network display
Display Detail option
Fields on the Display detail for Frame display
Fields on the Display Detail for Unit display
High-speed link and remote I/O
Multi-adapter bridge
Resource names
Hardware configuration restrictions
Communications card, cable, and wrap connector reference
Communications signal voltage levels
Working with storage dumps
Automatic main storage dump
Performing a main storage dump to disk
Copying a main storage dump
Working with current main storage dump
Working with copies of main storage dumps
Main storage dump status
Error recovery for dumps
Performing a service processor dump
Copying the IOP storage dump to removable media
Performing an IOP dump
IOP dump information in the product activity log
IBM i operating system
Dedicated service tools in IBM i full paging environment
Dedicated service tools in IBM i limited paging environment
System service tools
Accessing system service tools
System service tools options
Start a service tool
Work with active service tools
Work with disk units
Work with system partitions
Work with system capacity
Work with system security
Work with service tools user IDs
SST function keys
IBM i online problem analysis and resolution
IBM i system-detected problems
Problem log
Messages relating to hardware failures
Customer-detected problems
Service support facility
Displaying IBM i PTFs
IBM i or Licensed Internal Code APAR
How to reset an I/O processor card while the system is running
Varying configuration descriptions on and off
Commonly used IBM i service commands
Work with System Value (WRKSYSVAL) command
Service attributes (DSPSRVA or CHGSRVA) commands
ANZPRBAUTO
CRITMSGUSR
RPTPRBAUTO
RPTSRVPVD
SNDDTAPKT
PTFINSTYP
Change Transmit Level (CHGXMTLVL) command
Work with Hardware Products (WRKHDWPRD) command
Using the configuration description label information to prepare for a system upgrade
Using the configuration description label information after a system upgrade
Verify commands
Verify communications
Performing the verify communications procedure
Test descriptions
Remote modem test
Local modem test
Communications cable test
Communications I/O adapter test
Communications I/O processor test
Communications I/O processor memory test
Communications port A modem and coupler test
External ring test
Communications and, or Local Area Network (LAN) link test
Wireless network management utility
Wireless echo back test
2620/2628 cryptographic processor card test
2620/2628 cryptographic processor card wrap test
2620/2628 external cryptographic hardware tests
LocalTalk interface test
Communications tests
Wireless LAN adapter card indicators
Communications interface trace
Concurrent LPDA-2 tests
Finding parts, locations, and addresses
What's new in parts, locations, and addresses
Part locations and location codes
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B locations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C locations
8231-E2B
8231-E2B locations
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C locations
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C locations
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB locations
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC
9117-MMC or 9179-MHC locations
9119-FHB
9119-FHB locations
9125-F2C
9125-F2C locations
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 locations
5796 and 7314-G30
5796 and 7314-G30 locations
5802 and 5877
5802 and 5877 locations
5803 and 5873
5803 and 5873 locations
5886
5886 locations
5887
5887 locations
5888
5888 locations
Addresses
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B addresses
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C addresses
8231-E2B addresses
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C addresses
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C addresses
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB addresses
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC addresses
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 addresses
5796 and 7314-G30 addresses
5802 and 5877 addresses
5803 and 5873 addresses
5886 addresses
5887 addresses
5888 addresses
System parts
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system parts
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C system parts
8231-E2B system parts
8231-E1C or 8231-E2C system parts
8233-E8B and 8236-E8C system parts
9117-MMB and 9179-MHB system parts
9117-MMC and 9179-MHC system parts
9119-FHB system parts
9125-F2C system parts
5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 system parts
5796 and 7314-G30 system parts
5802 and 5877 system parts
5803 and 5873 system parts
5886 system parts
5887 system parts
5888 system parts
Removing and replacing FRUs
Disk drive backplane
PDF file for Disk drive backplane
Disk drive backplane PDF
Removing and replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing the disk drive backplane
Replacing the disk drive backplane
Disk drives or solid-state drives for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
PDF file for Disk drives
Disk drives PDF
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Solid-state drives
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in an 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the Linux system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the IBM i system or logical partition power turned on
Installing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Removing the disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the Linux system or logical partition power turned on
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C or an expansion unit controlled by IBM i
Removing a disk drive by using hot-spare in an IBM i system or logical partition from 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a disk drive or solid-state drive from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the AIX system or logical partition power turned on
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power to the Linux system or logical partition turned on
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the IBM i system or logical partition power turned on
Replacing a disk drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C using hot-spare in an IBM i system or logical partition
Replacing a disk drive or solid-state drive in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the system or logical partition power turned off
Removing or installing the external SAS port
Removing the external SAS port from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Installing the external SAS port in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Replacing the external SAS port in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Internal disk drive sharing on an 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Removing or installing a disk drive filler
Removing a disk drive filler from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a disk drive filler in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing or installing a disk-drive bezel
Removing a disk-drive bezel from a drive or filler for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a disk-drive bezel in a drive or filler for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Disk drive locations and service indicators
PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter locations
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Disk-drive locations and service indicators for the 5802 expansion unit
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 5786, 5787, 7031-D24, and 7031-T24 SCSI disk-drive enclosures
Disk drive locations and service indicators for the 5886 disk drive enclosure
Disk-drive locations and service indicators for the 5887 disk drive enclosure
Solid-state drive locations and service indicators for the 5888 PCIe storage enclosure
Related tasks for disk drives or solid-state drives
Preparing a disk drive or solid-state drive for use in an AIX system or logical partition
Preparing to remove a disk drive or solid-state drive from a system or an expansion unit controlled by AIX
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive by using AIX
Preparing to remove a disk drive in a Linux system
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive or solid-state drive in a system or logical partition running Linux
Preparing to remove a disk drive or solid-state drive from a system or logical partition controlled by IBM i
Determining the IBM i disk drive or solid-state drive protection status
Configuring a disk drive or solid-state drive in an IBM i system or logical partition
Configuring a disk drive or solid-state drive on a load source adapter for hot spare by using the IBM i operating system
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive or solid-state drive by using IBM i
Replacing a SAS conduit card in a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Removing a SAS conduit card from a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Replacing a SAS expander card in a 5802 expansion unit with the power turned off
Removing a SAS expander card from a 5802 expansion unit with power turned off
Fans and fan cages
What's new in Fans and fan cages
PDF file for Fans and fan cages
Fans and fan cages PDF
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C front fans
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C front fans
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C fan cages
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C fan cages
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C middle fans
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C middle fans
GX adapters
PDF file for GX adapters
GX adapters PDF
Installing GX adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing GX adapters from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing GX adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Media devices
PDF file for Media devices
Media devices for PDF
Removing and installing media devices in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a SAS media device from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a SAS media device in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing a Slimline media device from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a Slimline media device in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on by using AIX diagnostics
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on by using AIX diagnostics
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on in IBM i
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the system power on in IBM i
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the Virtual I/O Server or logical partition power on
Installing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C Slimline media device with the Virtual I/O Server or logical partition power on
Removing a universal serial bus device
Installing a universal serial bus device
Installing an external USB docking station and removable disk drive with power on
Memory
PDF file for memory in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Memory PDF
Installing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Removing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing memory risers for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Memory riser placement and memory module balancing
Removing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Replacing memory modules for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
PCI adapters
Installing, removing, and replacing PCI adapters
PDF file for PCI adapters in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system
Installing PCI adapters PDF
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C PCI adapter
Installing a PCI adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing a PCI adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapters
Installing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing a PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing and replacing the tailstock on a PCI adapter
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C expansion riser
Installing an expansion riser in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Removing an expansion riser from the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Replacing an expansion riser in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C server with the power off
Model 5796 expansion units, PCI adapters and cassettes for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Installing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the system with the power off
Replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in the system with the power off
PCI adapter single-width cassette
Placing a PCI adapter in a single-width cassette
Placing a 4-Port USB PCI Express Adapter in a single-width cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter single-width cassette
PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Placing an adapter in the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Model 5802 and 5877 expansion units, PCI adapters, and cassettes
Preparing to install, remove, or replace a PCI adapter cassette
Installing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette
Installing a PCI adapter cassette
Installing with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the expansion unit
Removing with the power off
Removing a PCI adapter cassette
Replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette from the expansion unit with the power off
PCI adapter single-width and double-width cassettes
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter single-width cassette
Placing a PCI adapter in a single-width cassette
Removing an adapter from the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Placing an adapter in the PCI adapter double-wide cassette
Related procedures for installing and removing PCI adapters for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Before you begin
Identifying a failing part for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C
Control panel LEDs
Identifying a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in an AIX system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in an IBM i system or logical partition
Activating the failing-part indicator light
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Identifying a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Locating a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Finding the location code of a failing part in a Linux system or logical partition
Activating the indicator light for the failing part
Deactivating the failing-part indicator light
Locating a failing part in a Virtual I/O Server system or logical partition
Identifying a part by using the Virtual I/O Server
Safety notices
Handling static-sensitive devices
Shutting down logical partitions
Updating the worldwide port name for a new 2766, 2787, 280E, 5735, 576B, or 5774 IOA.
PCI-X double-wide, quad-channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Controller (FC 5739, 5778, 5781, 5782; CCIN 571F, 575B)
PCI-X DDR 1.5 GB cache SAS RAID Adapter (FC 5904 and 5908; CCIN 572F and 575C)
Power supplies
PDF file for Power supplies
Power supplies PDF
Installing a redundant power supply in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power turned off
Installing a redundant power supply in the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C with the power turned on
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned off
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned on
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned off
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C power supply with the power turned on
Power supply LEDs
SAS RAID enablement and cache battery pack
What's new in SAS RAID enablement
PDF file for SAS RAID enablement
SAS RAID enablement
Installing the Storage Backplane - 6 SFF Bays/SATA DVD (FC 5618)
Installing the 3x3 split-drive bays no RAID 5/6 support (FC 5631)
Installing the 3x3 split-drive bays no RAID 5/6 support (FC EJ02)
Installing the Storage Backplane - 8 SFF Bays/175MB RAID/Dual IOA (FC 5630 and FC EJ01)
Removing and replacing SAS RAID adapters and batteries
Removing the RAID enablement card
Replacing the RAID enablement card
Removing the RAID/cache storage controller
Replacing the RAID/cache storage controller
Removing and replacing the cache battery card
Removing and replacing a cache battery pack
Removing and replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing the disk drive backplane
Replacing the disk drive backplane
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system backplane
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
8202-E4B or 8205-E6B SAS subsystem service considerations
Service considerations for the cache battery pack
System backplane
PDF file for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C System backplane
System backplane PDF
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B system backplane
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system backplane
System processor modules
PDF file for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system processor modules
System processor modules PDF
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system processor modules
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system processor modules
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C system processor modules
Time-of-day battery
PDF file for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C time-of-day battery
Time-of-day battery PDF
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C time-of-day battery
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C time-of-day battery
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C time-of-day battery
Vital product data card
PDF file for the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C vital product data card
Vital product data card PDF
Removing and replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C vital product data card
Removing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C vital product data card
Replacing the 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, or 8205-E6C vital product data card
Voltage regulator modules
PDF file for voltage regulator modules
Voltage regulator modules PDF
Processor voltage regulator module for the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
Installing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B processor voltage regulator module
Removing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B processor voltage regulator module
Replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B processor voltage regulator module
Memory voltage regulator module for the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B
Removing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B memory voltage regulator module
Replacing the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B memory voltage regulator module
Common service procedures
Starting a repair action
Powering on and powering off a system
Primary consoles or alternative consoles
Determining whether the system has logical partitions
Separating the 571F/575B card set and moving the cache directory card
Determining which processor is the secondary service processor
System reference code format description
System reference code information
Determining system reference code address formats
Hardware system reference code formats
Logical address format
Problem reference code formats detected by Licensed Internal Code
Searching the service action log
Problems with noncritical resources
Using the product activity log
System service tools
Working with a communications trace
Hexadecimal product activity log data
Examples: Obtaining additional information from hexadecimal reports
Reclaiming I/O processor cache storage
Dedicated service tools
Accessing dedicated service tools
Selecting function 21 from the control panel
Control panel function codes on the Hardware Management Console
Performing an IPL to dedicated service tools
Performing an alternate IPL to DST (type D IPL)
Starting a service tool
IPL type, mode, and speed options
Printing the system configuration list and details of the system bus, main storage, or processor
Hardware service manager
Managing the Advanced System Management Interface
Accessing the Advanced System Management Interface
Accessing the Advanced System Management Interface by using a web browser
Accessing the Advanced System Management Interface by using an ASCII terminal
Accessing the Advanced System Management Console Interface using a management console
Displaying error and event logs
Setting the system enclosure type
Setting the system identifiers
Displaying vital product data
Clearing all deconfiguration errors
Service functions
Working with storage dumps
Managing dumps
Performing dumps
Performing a platform system dump
Performing a system dump by using the management console
Performing a system dump using the control panel
Performing a system dump using the Advanced System Management Interface
Performing a service processor dump
Performing a service processor dump using the management console
Performing a service processor dump using the control panel
Performing a service processor dump using the Advanced System Management Interface
Copying a dump
Copying a dump by using a management console
Copying a dump by using an AIX command
Copying a dump by using a Linux command
Copying a dump by using IBM i service tools
Reporting a dump
Reporting a dump by using a management console
Reporting a dump by using an AIX command
Reporting a dump by using a Linux command
Reporting a main storage dump, a platform system dump, or an SP dump by using the IBM i service tools
Deleting a dump
Deleting a dump by using a management console
Deleting a dump using an AIX command
Deleting a dump by using a Linux command
Deleting a dump by using the IBM i service tools
Performing an IBM i main storage dump
Performing an IBM i main storage dump by using the Hardware Management Console
Performing an IBM i main storage dump by using the control panel
Performing a slow boot
Performing a slow boot by using the Hardware Management Console
Performing a slow boot using the control panel
Performing a slow boot by using the Advanced System Management Interface menus
Determining the primary or alternate console
Primary console workstation requirements
Finding the primary console when the system is operational
Finding the primary console when the system power is off
Resetting the service processor
Resetting the managed system connection from the management console
Checking for a duplicate IP address
Disk drive
Replacing the disk drive nonconcurrently
Replacing the disk drive using AIX
Replacing the disk drive using IBM i
Replacing the disk drive using Linux
Rebuilding data on a replacement disk drive by using Linux
PCI adapter
Removing and replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in an AIX partition that is powered on
Removing and replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in a Linux partition that is powered on
Prerequisites for hot-plugging PCI adapters in a Linux partition
Verifying that the hot-plug PCI tools are installed on the Linux partition
Removing and replacing a PCI adapter contained in a cassette in an IBM i partition that is powered on
Preparing for hot-plug SCSI device or cable deconfiguration
Powering off an expansion unit
Powering on an expansion unit
After hot-plug SCSI device or cable deconfiguration
Verifying a repair
Verifying the repair in AIX
Verifying a repair by using an IBM i system or logical partition
Verifying the repair in Linux
Verifying the repair from the management console
Activating and deactivating LEDs
Gathering and uploading system configuration information
Closing a service call
Closing a service call by using AIX or Linux
Closing a service call by using Integrated Virtualization Manager
HMC 7042-CR4, 7042-CR5, 7042-CR6, 7042-C06, 7042-C07, and 7042-C08 service
PDF file for HMC 7042-CR4, 7042-CR5, 7042-CR6, 7042-C06, 7042-C07, and 7042-C08 service
HMC 7042-CR4, 7042-CR5, 7042-CR6, 7042-C06, 7042-C07, and 7042-C08 service PDF
HMC operations
Diagnostics
Removal and replacement procedures
HMC 7042-CR4, 7042-CR5, 7042-CR6, 7042-C06, 7042-C07, and 7042-C08 Parts
Cabling the HMC
Troubleshooting the HMC
Correcting a No connection state for a managed system
Correcting an Incomplete state for a managed system
Correcting a Recovery state for a managed system
Recovering partition data on a managed system
Restoring profile data
Correcting an Error state for a managed system
Correcting a Failed Authentication state for a managed system
Correcting a connection problem between the HMC and a managed system
Resetting the managed system connection from the HMC
Resetting the service processor
HMC and system powering on and powering off procedures
Reinstalling the HMC machine code
Backup partition profiles
Restoring critical HMC data
Setting up the network interface as a startup device
Upgrading the machine code on an HMC from Version 6 to Version 7
HMC problem analysis
Replacing an HMC
Verifying that your HMC DHCP private network is configured correctly
Backing up critical HMC data
Determining your HMC machine code version and release
Preparing for HMC configuration
Shutting down, logging off, and disconnecting the HMC
Diagnostics and service aids
General diagnostic information
Preparing to run the online and stand-alone hardware diagnostics
Running the online diagnostics
Running the online diagnostics in concurrent mode
Running the online diagnostics in maintenance mode
Running the online diagnostics in service mode
Running online diagnostics in service mode with a management console attached
Running online diagnostics in service mode without a management console attached
Running the stand-alone hardware diagnostics
Running stand-alone diagnostics from CD on a server without a management console attached
Running stand-alone diagnostics from CD on a server with a management console attached
Running stand-alone diagnostics from a Network Installation Management server
Tasks and service aids
Component and attention LEDs
SAS RAID controllers for AIX
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for AIX
PDF file for SAS RAID controllers for AIX
SAS RAID controllers for AIX PDF
SAS RAID controllers for AIX overview
Feature comparison of SAS RAID cards
PCI-X SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe2 SAS RAID card comparison
SAS architecture
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
RAID 0
RAID 5
RAID 6
RAID 10
Disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Stripe-unit size
Valid states for hdisks and pdisks
States for disk arrays (hdisks)
States for physical disks (pdisks)
pdisk descriptions
Auxiliary write cache
Auxiliary write cache adapter
Installing the auxiliary write cache
Viewing link status information
Controller software
Controller software verification
Common controller and disk array management tasks
Using the Disk Array Manager
Preparing disks for use in SAS disk arrays
Creating a disk array
Migrating an existing disk array to a new RAID level
Viewing the disk array configuration
Deleting a disk array
Adding disks to an existing disk array
Using hot spare disks
Creating hot spare disks
Deleting hot spare disks
Viewing IBM SAS disk array settings
Viewing IBM SAS pdisk settings
Viewing pdisk vital product data
Viewing controller SAS addresses
Controller SAS address attributes
System software allocations for SAS controllers
Viewing system software allocations for SAS controllers
Changing system software allocations for SAS controllers
Drive queue depth
Changing the drive queue depth
AIX command-line interface
Considerations for Solid-state drives (SSDs)
Multi-initiator and high availability
Possible HA configurations
Controller functions
Controller function attributes
Viewing HA controller attributes
HA cabling considerations
HA performance
HA access optimization
HA access characteristics within List SAS Disk Array Configuration
Configuration and serviceability considerations for HA RAID configurations
Installing high availability
Installing an HA single-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system RAID configuration
Functions requiring special attention in an HA two-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system JBOD configuration
SAS RAID controller maintenance
Updating the SAS RAID controller microcode
Changing pdisks to hdisks
Maintaining the rechargeable battery on the 57B7, 57CF, 574E, and 572F/575C SAS adapters
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Error state
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing a battery pack
Replacing a 572B nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 572F/575C card set concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 574E concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57B7 concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57CF cache battery pack
Replacing a 2BD9 or 2BE1 nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Separating the 572F/575C card set and moving the cache directory card
Replacing the cache directory card
Replacing pdisks
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Viewing SAS fabric path information
Example: Using SAS fabric path information
Problem determination and recovery
SAS resource locations
Showing physical resource attributes
Disk array problem identification
Service request numbers
Controller maintenance analysis procedures
Examining the hardware error log
MAP 3100
MAP 3110
MAP 3111
MAP 3112
MAP 3113
MAP 3120
MAP 3121
MAP 3130
MAP 3131
MAP 3132
MAP 3133
MAP 3134
MAP 3135
MAP 3140
MAP 3141
MAP 3142
MAP 3143
MAP 3144
MAP 3145
MAP 3146
MAP 3147
MAP 3148
MAP 3149
MAP 3150
MAP 3152
MAP 3153
MAP 3190
MAP 3210
MAP 3211
MAP 3212
MAP 3213
MAP 3220
MAP 3221
MAP 3230
MAP 3231
MAP 3232
MAP 3233
MAP 3234
MAP 3235
MAP 3240
MAP 3241
MAP 3242
MAP 3243
MAP 3244
MAP 3245
MAP 3246
MAP 3247
MAP 3248
MAP 3249
MAP 3250
MAP 3252
MAP 3253
MAP 3254
MAP 3260
MAP 3261
MAP 3290
MAP 3295
Finding a service request number from an existing AIX error log
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
PDF files for SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i PDF
SAS RAID controllers for IBM i
Feature comparison of SAS RAID cards
PCI-X SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe SAS RAID card comparison
PCIe2 SAS RAID card comparison
SAS architecture
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
RAID 5
RAID 6
System mirroring
Disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Controller software
Verifying the controller software
Common controller and disk array management tasks
Viewing IBM SAS disk information
Considerations for solid-state drives
Dual storage IOA configurations
Possible disk storage IOA configurations
Dual storage IOA functions
Dual storage IOA function attributes
Viewing dual storage IOA attributes
SAS cabling considerations
Performance considerations
Dual storage IOA access optimization
Installing dual storage IOA configurations
SAS RAID controller maintenance
Rechargeable battery maintenance
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Error state
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing a battery pack
Replacing a 572B nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 572F/575C card set concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 574E concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57B7 concurrent maintainable battery pack
Replacing a 57CF cache battery pack
Replacing a 2BD9 or 2BE1 nonconcurrent maintainable battery pack
Separating the 572F/575C card set and moving the cache directory card
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Viewing SAS fabric path information
Example: Using SAS fabric path information
SAS address and physical location information
SAS RAID controllers for Linux
What's new in SAS RAID controllers for Linux
PDF file for SAS RAID controllers for Linux
SAS RAID controllers for Linux PDF
General information
Comparison of general features
Comparison of cache features
Comparison of HA features
SAS overview
SAS architecture summary
Disk arrays
Supported RAID levels
Estimating disk array capacities
RAID level summary
Stripe-unit size
Disk array overview
Disk array states
Physical disk states
I/O adapter states
Auxiliary write cache adapter
Related information
RAID controller software
Verifying installation of the controller software
Linux ipr device driver updates
Updating the iprutils package
Common IBM SAS RAID controller tasks
Starting the iprconfig utility
Status of devices, arrays and paths
Viewing device status
Viewing array status
Viewing path status
RAID and JBOD formats
Formatting to advanced function
Formatting to JBOD
Creating and deleting disk arrays
Creating an IBM SAS RAID disk array
Deleting an IBM SAS RAID disk array
Adding disks to an existing array
Migrating an existing disk array to a new RAID level
Hot spare disks
Creating hot spare disks
Deleting hot spare disks
Considerations for Solid-state drives (SSD)
Multi-initiator and high availability
Possible HA configurations
Controller functions
Controller function attributes
Viewing HA controller attributes
HA cabling considerations
HA performance
Configuration and serviceability considerations for HA RAID configurations
HA asymmetric access optimization
Enabling asymmetric access
Asymmetric access status of disk arrays
Installing high availability
Installing an HA single-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system RAID configuration
Functions requiring special attention in an HA two-system RAID configuration
Installing an HA two-system JBOD configuration
IBM SAS RAID controller maintenance
Usage tips
Updating the controller microcode
Rechargeable battery maintenance
Displaying rechargeable battery information
Forcing a rechargeable battery error
Replacing the rechargeable battery pack
Replacing a nonconcurrently maintainable battery pack
Replacing a concurrently maintainable battery pack
Replacing the cache directory card
Replacing an SSD module on the PCIe RAID and SSD SAS adapter
Physical disks
Removing a failed disk
Installing a new disk
Disk failure recovery
RAID 0 failure
RAID 5 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 5 single-disk failure
RAID 5 multiple-disk failure
RAID 6 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 6 single- or dual-disk failure
RAID 6 failure of three or more disks
RAID 10 disk recovery
Recovering a RAID 10 single-disk failure
RAID 10 multiple-disk failure
Reclaiming IOA cache storage
Problem determination and recovery
Analyzing error logs
Basic vi commands
Searching logs
Sample error logs
Generic IOA or device errors
Device configuration errors
Array errors
Cache errors
Disk array problem identification
Unit reference code tables
Maintenance analysis procedures
MAP 3300
MAP 3310
MAP 3311
MAP 3312
MAP 3313
MAP 3320
MAP 3321
MAP 3330
MAP 3331
MAP 3332
MAP 3333
MAP 3334
MAP 3335
MAP 3337
MAP 3340
MAP 3341
MAP 3342
MAP 3342
MAP 3343
MAP 3344
MAP 3345
MAP 3346
MAP 3347
MAP 3348
MAP 3349
MAP 3350
MAP 3351
MAP 3352
MAP 3353
MAP 3390
MAP 3410
MAP 3411
MAP 3412
MAP 3413
MAP 3420
MAP 3421
MAP 3430
MAP 3431
MAP 3432
MAP 3433
MAP 3434
MAP 3435
MAP 3440
MAP 3441
MAP 3442
MAP 3443
MAP 3444
MAP 3445
MAP 3446
MAP 3447
MAP 3448
MAP 3449
MAP 3450
MAP 3452
MAP 3453
MAP 3454
MAP 3460
MAP 3461
MAP 3490
SAS subsystem
PDF file for the SAS subsystem in the 8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
SAS subsystem PDF for the 8202-E4C or 8205-E6C
SAS architecture
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C SAS subsystem overview
SAS storage configurations
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C SAS subsystem base configuration
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C SAS base subsystem with two-way split drive backplane
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C SAS dual-RAID subsystem
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C SAS dual-RAID subsystem with internal drives
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C SAS dual-RAID subsystem with external drives
8202-E4C or 8205-E6C SAS subsystem service considerations
Service considerations for the cache battery pack
Problem determination and recovery
Setting up your server to connect to service and support
What's new in Setting up your server to connect to service and support
Setting up AIX or Linux to connect to service and support
Managing Electronic Service Agent version 3.3
Setting up IBM i to connect to service and support without a management console
IP packet filter firewall
Setting up AIX or Linux to use a management console to connect to service and support
Supporting diagnostics
What's new in Supporting diagnostics
Collecting reference codes and system information
Using the control panel to collect reference codes and system information
Using online diagnostics to collect service request numbers
Using IBM i tools to collect reference codes and system information
Running the online and stand-alone diagnostics
Running the online diagnostics
Running the online diagnostics in service mode
Running the online diagnostics in maintenance mode
Running the online diagnostics in concurrent mode
Running stand-alone diagnostics
Running the stand-alone diagnostics from CD
Running stand-alone diagnostics from a Network Installation Management server
Performing a slow boot on systems running server firmware level Ax710
Using the control panel to perform a slow boot
Using the ASMI menus to perform a slow boot
Performing dumps
Performing a resource dump
Using the control panel to perform a resource dump
Using the ASMI to perform a resource dump
Performing a system dump
Using the control panel to perform a system dump
Using the ASMI to perform a system dump
Performing a service processor dump
Using the control panel to perform a service processor dump
Using the ASMI to perform a service processor dump
Performing an IBM i main storage dump
Managing dumps
Copying a dump
Using the AIX commands to copy a dump
Using the IBM i service tools to copy a dump
Using the Linux command line to copy a dump
Reporting a dump
Using AIX commands to report a dump
Using the IBM i service tools to report a main storage or platform dump
Using Linux commands to report a dump
Deleting a dump
Using AIX commands to delete a dump
Using the IBM i service tools to delete a dump
Using Linux commands to delete a dump
Reporting problems
Reporting problems when the management console is not available
Reporting problems when the server is down
Using the problem reporting forms
Problem reporting form for a system in manufacturing default configuration
Problem reporting form for a system with multiple logical partitions
Contacting IBM service and support
Getting fixes
What's new in Getting fixes
Getting firmware fixes
Getting server firmware fixes through AIX or Linux without a management console
Getting server firmware fixes through IBM i for a system not managed by a management console
Installing firmware using the USB port on the service processor on a system that is not managed by a management console
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode with an Internet connection
Updating the Virtual I/O Server's firmware and device microcode without an Internet connection
Troubleshooting firmware fixes
Message regarding a server that was previously managed by a management console
Obtaining fixes through AIX or Linux when you are unable to start the system
Supporting information for AIX or Linux
Using the AIX diagnostics to install the server firmware fix through AIX
Using the System Management Interface Tool to mount the fix CD for AIX
Obtaining service and productivity tools for Linux
Getting I/O adapter and device firmware fixes
Getting I/O adapter and device firmware fixes for a system running AIX
Getting I/O adapter and device firmware fixes through IBM i
Getting operating system fixes
Getting operating system fixes for AIX or Linux
Getting operating system fixes for IBM i
Managing fixes
Working with the temporary and permanent side of the service processor
Using AIX or Linux commands to work with the temporary and permanent side of the service processor
Using the IBM i tools to work with the temporary and permanent side of the service processor
Using the control panel to work with the temporary and permanent side of the service processor
Switching to the other side of the service processor using ASMI or the control panel
Using the ASMI to switch to the other side of the service processor
Using the control panel to switch to the other side of the service processor
Viewing existing firmware levels
Using the ASMI to view the existing level of server firmware
Using the HMC to view the existing firmware levels
Using the AIX command prompt to view the existing firmware level
Using the Linux command prompt to view the existing firmware level
Using IBM i to view the installed server firmware fixes
Viewing available firmware levels
Viewing available firmware levels for AIX and Linux
Viewing available firmware levels for IBM i
Viewing the firmware history or cover letter
Viewing the firmware history for AIX or Linux
Viewing the firmware cover letter for IBM i
Removing the current server firmware level
Removing the current server firmware level by using AIX commands
Removing the current server firmware level by using IBM i
Removing the current server firmware level by using Linux commands
Installing a firmware fix permanently
Using AIX commands to install a firmware fix permanently
Using IBM i to install a firmware fix permanently
Using Linux commands to install a firmware fix permanently
Glossary
Glossary
Numerics
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
8205-E6B (IBM Power 740 Express)
PDF files for the IBM Power 740 Express (8205-E6B)
System overview
License Agreement for Machine Code
Statement of Limited Warranty
Hardware notices
Environmental Notices
Safety notices for Power Systems
Safety Notices
Safety Inspection Guide
Software notices
Planning for the system
What's new in Site and hardware planning
PDF files for Site and hardware planinng
Site preparation and physical planning PDF
Site and hardware planning PDF
Site preparation and physical planning
Site selection
Access
Static electricity and floor resistance
Space requirements
Floor construction and floor loading
Raised floors
Conductive contamination
Overhead cabling
Computer room layout
Vibration and shock
Lighting
Acoustics
Electromagnetic compatibility
Computer room location
Material and data storage protection
Emergency planning for continuous operations
General power information
Power quality
Voltage and frequency limits
Power load
Power source
Dual-power installation configurations
Dual-power installation: Redundant distribution panel and switch
Dual-power installation: Redundant distribution panel
Single distribution panel: Dual circuit breakers
Air conditioning determination
General guidelines for data centers
Environmental design criteria
Temperature and humidity recording instruments
Relocation and temporary storage
Acclimation
System air distribution
Planning for the installation of rear door heat exchangers
Heat exchanger specifications
Heat exchanger performance
Water specifications for the secondary cooling loop
Water delivery specifications for secondary loops
Layout and mechanical installation
Heat exchanger installation overview
Heat exchanger filling and draining overview
Planning for heat exchangers in a raised floor environment
Planning for heat exchangers in a non-raised floor environment
Secondary cooling loop parts and services information
Miscellaneous parts supplier
Services supplier
Cooling distribution unit suppliers
Installation and support from IBM Integrated Technology Services offerings
Planning for communications
Site and hardware planning
Hardware specification sheets
Server specifications
Model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, and 8205-E6C server specifications
8205-E6B ENERGY STAR® Power and Performance Data Sheet
Plan view for model 8202-E4B, 8202-E4C, 8205-E6B, and 8205-E6C
Expansion unit and migration tower specifications
5786 expansion unit
5796 expansion unit
5802 expansion unit
5877 expansion unit
5886 expansion unit
5887 expansion unit
5888 expansion unit
Rack specifications
0550 model 9406-830 rack
0551 rack
0551, 0553, 0555, and 7014 rack configurations
0551 model 9406-270 rack system units
Model 0554 and 7014-S11 rack
Model 0555 and 7014-S25 rack
Planning for the 7014-T00 and 7014-T42 racks
Model 7014-T00 rack
Model 7014-T42, 7014-B42, and 0553 rack
7014-T00, 7014-T42, and 0553 service clearances and caster location
7014-T00, 7014-T00, and 0553 racks multiple attachment
7014-T00, 7014-T42, and 0553 rack weight distribution and floor loading
Planning for the 7953-94X rack
Model 7953-94X rack
Cabling the 7953-94X rack
Side stabilizing outriggers
Multiple racks
Hardware management console specifications
7042-C08 Hardware Management Console specifications
7042-C07 desktop Hardware Management Console specifications
Systems Director Management Console specifications
7042-CR6 rack-mounted Systems Director Management Console specifications
7042-CR7 rack-mounted Systems Director Management Console specifications
Rack installation procedures for racks not purchased from IBM
Planning for power
Determining your power requirements
Server Information Form 3A
Workstation Information Form 3B
Plugs and receptacles
Connecting your server to a country specific receptacle
Supported feature cords
Internationally available
Cord feature code 6489
Cord feature code 6491
Cord feature code 6653
Cord feature code 6656
Anguilla
Cord feature code 6460
Antigua and Barbuda
Cord feature code 6469
Australia
Cord feature code 6657
Brazil
Cord feature code 6471
Bulgaria
Cord feature code 6472
Canada
Cord feature code 6497
Cord feature code 6654
Cord feature code 6655
Chile
Cord feature code 6478
Cord feature code 6672
China
Cord feature code 6492
Cord feature code 6493
Denmark
Cord feature code 6473
Dominica
Cord feature code 6474
Italy
Cord feature code 6672
Israel
Cord feature code 6475
Japan
Cord feature code 6487
Cord feature code 6660
Liechtenstein
Cord feature code 6476
Macao
Cord feature code 6477
Paraguay
Cord feature code 6488
India
Cord feature code 6494
Kiribati
Cord feature code 6680
Korea
Cord feature code 6496
Cord feature code 6658
New Zealand
Cord feature code 6657
Taiwan
Cord feature code 6651
Cord feature code 6659
United States, Territories, and Possessions
Cord feature code 6497
Cord feature code 6654
Cord feature code RPQ 8A1871
Connecting your server to a PDU
Cord feature code 6458
Cord feature code 6459
Cord feature code 6577
Cord feature code 6665
Cord feature code 6671
Cord feature code 6672
Modification of IBM-provided power cords
Uninterruptible power supply
Power distribution unit and power cord options for 7014, 0551, 0553, and 0555 rack
Power load calculating for 7188 or 9188 power distribution units
Planning for cables
Cable management
Power cord routing and retention
Serial-attached SCSI cable planning
SAS cabling for the 5887 drawer
System calculators
Installing and configuring the system
Installing the IBM Power 720 and the Power 740
PDF files for Installing the IBM Power 8202-E4B and 8205-E6B
Installing the IBM Power 720 Express (8202-E4B) and the IBM Power 740 Express (8205-E6B) PDF
Installing the IBM Power 720 Express (8202-E4B) and the IBM Power 740 Express (8205-E6B)
Installing the server into a rack
Determining the location
Marking the location
Attaching the 8202-E4B or 8205-E6B mounting hardware to the rack
Installing the cable-management arm
Connecting the power cables to the system